{"title":"Red Sea Products","description":"\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea reef aquarium products include salts, supplements, fish and coral foods, water-test kits and maintenance equipment.\u003c\/strong\u003e The range also covers ReefLED lighting, ReefWave circulation, ReefDose dosing, ReefMat filtration, skimmers and replacement components.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThese products support water preparation, nutrient management, lighting, flow and filtration throughout a reef system. This collection groups Red Sea equipment and consumables, while complete aquarium systems remain in the separate Red Sea Aquarium collection.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"red-sea-salt","title":"Red Sea Salt","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRed Sea Salt\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea Salt\u003c\/strong\u003e is a marine aquarium salt mix used to make a seawater solution for reef and fish-only tanks. It replicates natural seawater conditions to support marine fish and invertebrates, and suits both hobbyists and professionals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Benefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBased on natural sea salt harvested from the waters of the Red Sea by solar evaporation, then enriched with other refined minerals to closely replicate natural seawater.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne chemically balanced formula designed to support the most delicate marine life.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for marine fish and invertebrates from every sea and ocean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReaches a stable, natural pH shortly after mixing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContains no nitrates or phosphates.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduced in small batches to keep the salt mixture homogeneous.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEvery batch is biologically and chemically tested for quality control.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUsed for over 10 years by hobbyists and professionals, and known for its favourable effect on invertebrates.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe manufacturer describes it as the only salt formulation offered today that is derived principally from a living sea.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDissolve the salt in reverse osmosis (R.O.) water at 25°C. The mix can be made up to any salinity you want, so you can match your own tank's target. Allow about 2 hours of mixing or aerating for the pH to settle at 8.4. It works for a small water change or for filling a brand-new aquarium.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDosage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 kg dissolved in 30 litres of 25°C R.O. water makes a seawater solution with the values listed under Specifications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSalinity can be adjusted to suit your system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarine fish and invertebrates, including delicate species.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoutine partial water changes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComplete new marine aquarium set-ups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMixing ratio: 1 kg per 30 litres of R.O. water at 25°C\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpecific gravity: 1.021\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003epH: 8.4 (after 2 hours of mixing or aerating)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAlkalinity: 2.2-2.5 mill-equ\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNitrates: none\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePhosphates: none\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much water does 1 kg of this salt make?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e1 kg dissolved in 30 litres of R.O. water at 25°C makes a seawater solution with a specific gravity of 1.021.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat pH should I expect once it is mixed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eAfter about 2 hours of mixing or aerating, the solution reaches a pH of 8.4.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it add nitrates or phosphates to my tank?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The formulation contains no nitrates or phosphates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it for both fish and corals or other invertebrates?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. It is formulated for marine fish and invertebrates from every sea and ocean, and it is known for its favourable effect on invertebrates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it only for new set-ups, or can I use it for water changes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eBoth. It suits small water changes and complete new aquarium set-ups.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I mix it to a different salinity?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. It can be mixed to any desired salinity. The 1 kg per 30 litres ratio gives a specific gravity of 1.021.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"KOIPETCO","offers":[{"title":"4kg","offer_id":39286087778358,"sku":"7290100771136","price":345.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true},{"title":"7kg","offer_id":49063674937652,"sku":"730773110551","price":665.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true},{"title":"22kg","offer_id":39286087843894,"sku":"7290100771990","price":1880.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0151\/9016\/3510\/files\/RedSeaSalt4kgbag.jpg?v=1776844139"},{"product_id":"red-sea-coral-pro-salt","title":"Red Sea Coral Pro Salt","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRed Sea Coral Pro Salt\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea Coral Pro Salt\u003c\/strong\u003e is a reef aquarium salt mix formulated for use with reverse osmosis (RO) water, made for advanced hobbyists who want vibrant coral growth and healthy marine life. It is designed for reef keepers in South Africa who mix their saltwater from \"mineral free\" RO water or soft tap water and want calcium and buffer capacity built into the salt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Benefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContains elevated levels of calcium and buffer capacity, which provide extended availability of these elements, both essential for vibrant coral growth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChemically balanced formula to support the most delicate corals and other marine life.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReaches a stable, natural pH shortly after mixing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFree of nitrates and phosphates.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProduced by a small batch process to ensure homogeneity and consistency of the salt mixture.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUses the same natural sea minerals as the standard Red Sea Salt, so RO users and reef enthusiasts get a superior mix without the need for immediate supplementation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAn optimally balanced ratio of the Foundation Elements (calcium, magnesium and carbonates) supports more energy-efficient coral growth, the formation of a robust aragonite coral skeleton and improved coral vitality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWith the Foundation Elements balanced, you do not need to supplement new water during water changes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Calcium Matters\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCorals, calcareous algae and other invertebrates use large amounts of calcium to build their skeletons or shells. Natural seawater at 35 ppt contains approximately 400 ppm calcium. Coral Pro provides elevated calcium at the \"lower than natural\" salinity preferred in reef aquariums.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMix with \"mineral free\" reverse osmosis water or soft tap water, which is what the formula has been designed for.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExpect a stable, natural pH shortly after mixing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the mixing instructions on the pack for the exact amount of salt per litre of water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReef aquariums with corals, calcareous algae and other invertebrates.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdvanced hobbyists and reef enthusiasts who use RO water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeepers of delicate corals who want a chemically balanced mix.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for use with \"mineral free\" reverse osmosis water or soft tap water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContains all 57 elements, formulated for reef aquariums, with unparalleled homogeneity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade from natural Red Sea sodium chloride, with part of the living reef in every harvested grain.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNatural seawater reference: approximately 400 ppm calcium at 35 ppt.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNitrate-free and phosphate-free.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat type of water should I mix this salt with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is formulated for \"mineral free\" reverse osmosis water or soft tap water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it contain nitrates or phosphates?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The formula is free of nitrates and phosphates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need to add calcium supplements when doing water changes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. The balanced Foundation Elements (calcium, magnesium and carbonates) mean you do not need to supplement new water during water changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does its calcium level compare to natural seawater?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNatural seawater at 35 ppt contains approximately 400 ppm calcium. Coral Pro provides elevated calcium at the \"lower than natural\" salinity preferred in reef aquariums.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow quickly does the pH stabilise after mixing?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe mix reaches a stable, natural pH shortly after mixing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich pack size should I choose?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThis salt is sold in several pack sizes. Choose one that suits your system volume and how often you do water changes.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"KOIPETCO","offers":[{"title":"7kg","offer_id":39286088269878,"sku":"7290100771846","price":699.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true},{"title":"22kg","offer_id":39286088302646,"sku":"7290100771853","price":1995.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true},{"title":"25kg Bag","offer_id":45625092866356,"sku":"7290100772010","price":2200.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0151\/9016\/3510\/products\/red-sea-coral-pro-salt-formulated-reverse-osmosis-mineral-free-salt-for-aquariums.jpg?v=1743717555"},{"product_id":"red-sea-salt-measuring-cup","title":"Red Sea Salt Measuring Cup","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRed Sea Salt Measuring Cup\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Red Sea Salt Measuring Cup\u003c\/strong\u003e is a simple aquarium accessory for measuring out Red Sea Salt or Red Sea Coral Pro Salt when you mix marine saltwater. It suits saltwater hobbyists who want a consistent scoop for every water change, so they don't have to guess the salt amount.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Benefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGives you a set measure for mixing saltwater, so each batch is prepared the same way\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne cup makes 10 L \/ 2.5 gal of saltwater at 35 ppt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorks with both Red Sea Salt and Red Sea Coral Pro Salt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeeps salt mixing quick and simple for routine marine water changes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eScoop one cup of Red Sea Salt or Red Sea Coral Pro Salt.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMix that cup into 10 L \/ 2.5 gal of water to make saltwater at 35 ppt.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDosage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 cup of Red Sea Salt or Red Sea Coral Pro Salt makes 10 L \/ 2.5 gal of saltwater at 35 ppt.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarine and reef aquarium keepers mixing their own saltwater\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRegular water changes where you want the same measure every time\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea Salt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea Coral Pro Salt\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Red Sea Salt Measuring Cup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much saltwater does one cup make?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eOne cup of Red Sea Salt or Red Sea Coral Pro Salt makes 10 L \/ 2.5 gal of saltwater at 35 ppt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich salts is the cup designed for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is made for measuring Red Sea Salt and Red Sea Coral Pro Salt. The 10 L \/ 2.5 gal at 35 ppt rate applies to those two salts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat salinity does the cup measure give me?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eFollowing the one-cup measure for 10 L \/ 2.5 gal gives saltwater at 35 ppt.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I mix a larger volume of saltwater?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe stated rate is one cup per 10 L \/ 2.5 gal, so you can repeat the one-cup measure for each additional 10 L of water you are mixing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it useful for regular water changes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. A set measure means each batch of saltwater is prepared the same way, which makes routine marine water changes easier to manage.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"KOIPETCO","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39286088695862,"sku":"7290100774427","price":50.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0151\/9016\/3510\/products\/red-sea-salt-measuring-cup-1-cup-35-ppt-saltwater-measurement-tool-for-aquarium-10l-2-5gal.jpg?v=1743717501"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reef-mature-pro-kit","title":"Red Sea Reef Mature Pro Kit","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRed Sea Reef Mature Pro Kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea Reef Mature Pro Kit\u003c\/strong\u003e is a marine aquarium conditioner programme for anyone setting up a new reef tank. It guides you through a 21-day maturation process that establishes colonies of nitrifying and anoxic bacteria and promotes the growth of coralline algae and microfauna, so the system is better prepared for long-term success.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Benefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGoes beyond basic cycling: standard cycling establishes aerobic nitrifying bacteria that convert toxic waste products to nitrate, and this programme also establishes anoxic bacteria (de-nitrifying and phosphate harbouring, or PHB, bacteria).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompletes the biological maturation of a new artificial reef in a structured 21-day programme.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProvides the conditions that promote the growth of coralline algae and other microfauna found in live rock and within a sand bed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eResults in a fully matured system that is biologically ready for stocking all animals, including delicate SPS corals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes all the supplements you need to mature the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe programme is a complete step-by-step plan, and its manual gives detailed daily instructions for the full 21 days. A detailed explanation of the biological processes involved, plus tips for implementing the Reef Mature programme, can be found on the Red Sea website.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the daily instructions in the manual from start to finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not add any other supplements or livestock (dead or alive) until advised to do so as part of the programme.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse accurate test kits to measure pH, KH, ammonia, nitrite and nitrate throughout. Red Sea's Marine Care Test Kit covers all of these tests at the level of accuracy the programme requires.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNewly set up marine aquariums and reef tanks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReefkeepers who want a fully matured system before introducing sensitive animals such as SPS corals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAquarists seeding live rock, substrate and bio-media in a new tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat Each Component Does\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNitro Bac:\u003c\/strong\u003e a concentrated blend of nitrifying and de-nitrifying bacteria spores that seeds the live rock, substrate and bio-media in a new tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBacto-Start:\u003c\/strong\u003e a balanced blend of nitrogen and phosphorus components that simulate the natural waste products of an active aquarium, enabling controlled development of aerobic and anoxic bacteria.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNO3:PO4-X:\u003c\/strong\u003e a unique complex of carbons and other organic bonded elements used by anoxic bacteria for accurate control of algae nutrient (nitrate and phosphate) levels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eKH-Coralline Gro:\u003c\/strong\u003e a concentrated marine buffer complex, fortified with specific minor and trace elements that promote the growth of coralline algae and other beneficial microfauna.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProgramme length: 21 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eParameters to test: pH, KH, ammonia, nitrite and nitrate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoralline algae and microfauna will only develop if they are introduced to the system, for example on live rock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNitro Bac\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBacto-Start\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNO3:PO4-X\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKH-Coralline Gro\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does the Reef Mature programme take?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe complete reef maturation programme runs for 21 days, with daily instructions provided in the manual.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need any other supplements?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo. The kit includes all the supplements needed to mature the system. Do not add any other supplements until the programme advises it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I add fish or corals while the programme is running?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo. Do not add any livestock, dead or alive, until advised to do so as part of the programme. Once it is complete, the system is biologically ready for stocking all animals, including delicate SPS corals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich test kits do I need?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe programme requires accurate tests for pH, KH, ammonia, nitrite and nitrate. Red Sea's Marine Care Test Kit includes all of these at the appropriate level of accuracy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is this different from normal cycling?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nCycling typically establishes aerobic nitrifying bacteria that convert toxic waste products to nitrate. This programme also establishes anoxic bacteria (de-nitrifying and phosphate harbouring) and provides conditions that promote coralline algae and microfauna growth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the kit grow coralline algae on its own?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo. Coralline algae and microfauna will only develop if they are introduced to the system, such as on live rock. The kit provides the conditions that promote their growth.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"KOIPETCO","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39286089482294,"sku":"7290100774144","price":832.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0151\/9016\/3510\/products\/red-sea-reef-mature-pro-kit-aquarium-startup-solution-bacteria-nitrate-reduction.jpg?v=1743717497"},{"product_id":"red-sea-marine-care-test-kit","title":"Red Sea Marine Care Test Kit","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRed Sea Marine Care Test Kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea Marine Care Test Kit\u003c\/strong\u003e is a five-parameter saltwater test kit for monitoring pH, alkalinity (Alk), ammonia (NH4), nitrite (NO2) and nitrate (NO3) in marine and reef aquariums. It brings the main tests a marine aquarist needs into one box, so you can keep a close eye on water conditions for your fish, corals and invertebrates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Benefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMonitors nitrate, nitrite, ammonia, pH and alkalinity, the key parameters for keeping a healthy marine aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplies the main test kits together in one handy box instead of having to collect them separately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSimple instructions and colour charts make the tests easy to follow and read.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuits the biological maturation period of a new marine or reef aquarium, as well as ongoing maintenance in any saltwater aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAimed specifically at marine fish keepers and reef aquarium owners.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps you spot problems early, such as falling buffer capacity or rising toxic ammonia, so you can keep the water in top condition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eEach test comes with simple instructions and a colour chart to compare your result against. The ammonia test and the nitrate\/nitrite test each use a syringe and a glass vial to run the test. Follow the instructions supplied with each test, and use the readings to track your water during cycling and for regular checks afterwards.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eUnderstanding pH and Alkalinity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003epH is a very important parameter in the biology of aquatic organisms. It measures the acidity or basicity of the water on a scale from 0 to 14, where 0 is the most acidic, 7 is neutral and 14 is the most basic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA change of 1 pH unit, for example from 7 to 6, means the water becomes 10 times more acidic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSalt water can absorb a certain amount of acidic matter without a change in pH. The substances that do this are called buffers, and the ability of water to resist pH change is called buffer capacity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuffer capacity is measured as the alkalinity of seawater. In some literature alkalinity is called Carbonate Hardness or KH Carbonate Buffer. This is exactly the same measurement as the one taken in the Alkalinity Mini-Lab Test.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe pH of natural seawater varies geographically between 8.1 and 8.4 in the world's oceans, but locally it is remarkably stable. Dissolved buffers, mainly bicarbonates, prevent pH changes, and the sheer volume of the ocean gives it a nearly inexhaustible stock of them.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA marine aquarium is tiny by comparison, so its alkalinity is limited too. Fish produce acid waste products, and calcareous algae and invertebrates use up the buffering substances. Buffer capacity can become so low that the pH suddenly falls, which would be very dangerous to all organisms in the aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAlkalinity is measured in mil-equivalents of alkaline substances (for example sodium bicarbonate) per litre. These substances prevent pH drops. Natural seawater has approximately 2.5 mil-equivalents per litre, and this level should also be maintained in the marine aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA common symptom of an unsuitable pH is pH stress. In a marine aquarium, unsuitable pH values are very stressful to fish and make them more susceptible to disease such as marine white spot.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAmmonia (NH4) Test\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ammonia test includes three bottles of ammonia testing reagent, a handy syringe and a glass vial in which to run the tests. It measures total ammonia in marine aquariums. Any reading of 0.25 ppm or above of total ammonia indicates a level of toxic ammonia that will have a negative effect on fish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eNitrite and Nitrate (NO2\/NO3) Test\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFish produce ammonia as a waste product. Aerobic bacteria in the biological filter oxidise it first to nitrite (NO2-) and then to nitrate (NO3-). In nature there is a complete nitrogen cycle in which plants use nitrate as a food source, which keeps nitrate very low in unpolluted water. In an aquarium we create a one-way system rather than a nutrient cycle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe nitrate and nitrite test lets you check these levels in your marine aquarium so the water stays right for your fish and inverts. It includes two bottles of reagent, a syringe and a glass vial, and measures total nitrate and nitrite for effective water quality management.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarine fish-only aquariums.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReef aquariums.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNew saltwater set-ups going through biological maturation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoutine water-quality checks in established saltwater aquariums.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eParameters tested: pH, alkalinity, ammonia (NH4), nitrite (NO2) and nitrate (NO3).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAmmonia test: measures total ammonia; 0.25 ppm or above indicates toxic ammonia.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNitrite\/nitrate test: measures total nitrite and nitrate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eResults read against colour charts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReference values: natural seawater pH 8.1 to 8.4; natural seawater alkalinity approximately 2.5 mil-equivalents per litre.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne Marine Care Test Kit covering pH, alkalinity, ammonia, nitrite and nitrate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAmmonia test: three bottles of ammonia testing reagent, a syringe and a glass vial.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNitrate and nitrite test: two bottles of reagent, a syringe and a glass vial.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSimple instructions and colour charts for the tests.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich water parameters does this kit test?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt tests pH, alkalinity, ammonia (NH4), nitrite (NO2) and nitrate (NO3) in marine aquariums.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat ammonia reading is a concern in a saltwater tank?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nAny reading of 0.25 ppm or above of total ammonia indicates toxic ammonia that will have a negative effect on fish.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat pH and alkalinity should I be aiming for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNatural seawater has a pH between 8.1 and 8.4 and an alkalinity of approximately 2.5 mil-equivalents per litre. The alkalinity level should also be maintained in the marine aquarium.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs alkalinity the same as KH?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. Alkalinity is sometimes called Carbonate Hardness or KH Carbonate Buffer, and it is exactly the same measurement as the Alkalinity Mini-Lab Test.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it while cycling a new marine aquarium?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. The tests are designed for monitoring parameters during the biological maturation period of marine and reef aquariums, and for ongoing maintenance in any saltwater aquarium.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy does alkalinity matter in a reef or marine tank?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nFish waste adds acids, and calcareous algae and invertebrates use up buffering substances. If buffer capacity gets too low, the pH can suddenly fall, which is very dangerous to all organisms in the aquarium.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"KOIPETCO","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39286091776054,"sku":"7290100774137","price":1524.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0151\/9016\/3510\/products\/red-sea-marine-care-test-kit-ph-alk-nh4-no2-no3-aquarium-water-testing.jpg?v=1743717493"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reef-foundation-pro-multi-test-kit","title":"Red Sea Reef Foundation Pro Multi Test Kit","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRed Sea Reef Foundation Pro Multi Test Kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Red Sea Reef Foundation Pro Multi Test Kit\u003c\/strong\u003e is a titration-based reef aquarium test kit for measuring Calcium, Alkalinity and Magnesium, the three elements that coral skeletons depend on. It suits saltwater hobbyists who keep corals and want accurate readings to keep these parameters in balance for coral health and growth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Benefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasures Calcium (Ca), Alkalinity (KH) and Magnesium (Mg) in a single kit, so you can track the basic foundation elements of coral skeletons together.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUses high-resolution titration tests for accurate measurements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGives you the readings needed to dose the Reef Foundation supplement accurately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProvides 75 tests each for Calcium and Magnesium and 60 tests for Alkalinity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Test for Calcium (Ca)?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA successful reef aquarium depends on water parameters that give corals a stable environment. Every element in natural seawater plays a part, but a few have an outsized effect on stability. Calcium (Ca), Magnesium (Mg) and Bicarbonates (HCO3) are the three major elements that form the foundation of the reef environment. Together they influence water chemistry, including pH stability, alkalinity and seawater ionic strength. They also influence many of the coral's biological processes, such as skeleton formation, ion exchange and photosynthesis.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Test for Alkalinity (KH)?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003epH is a constant concern in saltwater aquariums. Fish-only systems can tolerate a fairly wide pH range for periods of time without major harm, but reef tank occupants rely heavily on a constant pH in the right range just to survive, let alone thrive.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe generally accepted pH range for a basic saltwater system is 7.6 to 8.4. Reef tanks are more sensitive and should be kept at the higher end, 8.0 to 8.4.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRespiration and metabolic wastes are a natural part of the ocean. Seawater pH stays steady because the water contains natural buffers, including bicarbonate, calcium, carbonate, borate and hydroxide, which slow the drop in pH.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhen pH in a saltwater system starts to fall, it indicates that the buffers are wearing out and the increase in acidity needs to be corrected. Testing alkalinity lets you keep an eye on that buffering capacity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Test for Magnesium (Mg)?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMagnesium has many biological functions in a reef aquarium. It also helps prevent the excessive precipitation of calcium and bicarbonate, which would lower the calcium level and cause a drop in alkalinity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMagnesium should be maintained at approximately 3 times the level of Calcium, measured in ppm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCorals build approximately 90% of their skeleton by combining Ca and CO3 ions from the water to form Aragonite (CaCO3). The rest is made up of Magnesite (MgCO3), Strontianite (SrCO3), Calcite (a more brittle crystal structure of CaCO3), Fluorite (CaF2) and other minor and trace minerals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn unbalanced conditions, such as low levels of Mg and\/or Sr, the skeleton develops with a higher proportion of Calcite. This makes it more brittle and more susceptible to damage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReef aquariums with corals, where Calcium, Alkalinity and Magnesium need to be kept in balanced proportions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReef keepers who want to dose supplements based on measured results rather than guesswork.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit lets you dose the Reef Foundation supplement accurately, which is part of the complete Red Sea reef care program.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eParameters tested: Calcium (Ca), Alkalinity (KH) and Magnesium (Mg)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTest method: high-resolution titration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of tests: Calcium 75, Magnesium 75, Alkalinity 60\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh-resolution titration tests for Calcium (75 tests)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh-resolution titration tests for Magnesium (75 tests)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh-resolution titration tests for Alkalinity (60 tests)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich parameters does this test kit measure?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt measures Calcium (Ca), Alkalinity (KH) and Magnesium (Mg) using high-resolution titration tests. It does not list a separate pH test.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many tests do I get?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe kit provides 75 Calcium tests, 75 Magnesium tests and 60 Alkalinity tests.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat ratio of magnesium to calcium should I aim for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nMagnesium should be maintained at approximately 3 times the level of Calcium, measured in ppm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat pH range suits a reef tank?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nA basic saltwater system is generally kept between pH 7.6 and 8.4. Reef tanks are more sensitive and should sit at the higher end, 8.0 to 8.4.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy does low magnesium matter for corals?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nMagnesium helps prevent the excessive precipitation of calcium and bicarbonate, which can lower calcium and cause alkalinity to drop. Low Mg and\/or Sr can also lead to a skeleton with more brittle Calcite, which is more susceptible to damage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it alongside the Reef Foundation supplement?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. The kit is designed to support accurate dosing of the Reef Foundation supplement, which is part of the complete Red Sea reef care program.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"KOIPETCO","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39286095118390,"sku":"7290100772102","price":1645.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0151\/9016\/3510\/products\/red-sea-reef-foundation-pro-multi-test-kit-calcium-alkalinity-magnesium.jpg?v=1743717472"},{"product_id":"red-sea-kh-coralline-gro","title":"Red Sea KH Coralline Gro","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRed Sea KH Coralline Gro\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea KH Coralline Gro\u003c\/strong\u003e is a marine aquarium alkalinity supplement that supplies a complex of carbonate buffers, potassium and trace elements. It suits hobbyists cycling a new marine aquarium and those who want ongoing support in a fish-only or soft coral system. It comes in a 500 ml bottle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Benefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProvides carbonate buffers, potassium and trace elements such as iron in one complex.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFormulated in the ratio that coralline algae take up regularly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorks as the buffer supplement during the cycling of a new marine aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGives ongoing support in fish-only and soft coral systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUses a simple test-and-adjust routine based on your own alkalinity readings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eUse this supplement instead of regular buffer supplements (such as Red Sea Reef Foundation B) while cycling any new marine aquarium. Keep using it on an ongoing basis in fish-only or soft coral systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you also use other supplements that contain potassium or iron (such as Red Sea Coral Colors B and C), dose them only according to a measured uptake of each element. Do not use this product together with Red Sea Reef Foundation ABC+.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDosage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMake sure alkalinity is at optimal values first. Then run the aquarium for 4 days at a stable salinity, topping up for evaporation daily, without adding any supplements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAt the end of the 4 days, test alkalinity and calculate the 4-day dosage needed to bring it back to optimal levels. Add that 4-day dosage to the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDivide the 4-day dosage by 4 and use the result as the daily dosage for the next week.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAfter a week of daily dosing, test alkalinity again and calculate the adjusting dosage needed to return to optimal levels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf the adjusting dosage is significantly different from the previous daily dosage, increase or decrease the daily dosage as appropriate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf the measured level is above optimal, wait for the excess to be depleted before restarting daily supplementation with the amended daily dosage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep testing alkalinity every week and adjust the daily dosage as required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you miss one or more days, add the full amount you missed, but do not exceed the maximum recommended daily increase.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNew marine aquariums that are being cycled.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFish-only marine systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSoft coral systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse instead of regular buffer supplements such as Red Sea Reef Foundation B.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot for use in conjunction with Red Sea Reef Foundation ABC+.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOther potassium- or iron-containing supplements, such as Red Sea Coral Colors B and C, should be dosed only according to a measured uptake of each element.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComposition: a complex of carbonate buffers, potassium and trace elements such as iron.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFormulated in the ratio regularly taken up by coralline algae.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x 500 ml (16.9 fl oz) bottle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use Coralline Gro while cycling a new marine tank?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. It should be used instead of regular buffer supplements such as Reef Foundation B during the cycling of all new marine aquariums.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it with Reef Foundation ABC+?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo. Coralline Gro should not be used in conjunction with Reef Foundation ABC+.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I add Coral Colors B and C alongside it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nOnly according to a measured uptake of each element. Coralline Gro already supplies potassium and iron, so other supplements containing them should be dosed only as measured.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long before I start dosing?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nFirst make sure alkalinity is at optimal values. Then run the tank for 4 days at a stable salinity with no supplements, topping up for evaporation daily. After that, test alkalinity and calculate the 4-day dosage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if I miss a day?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nAdd the full amount you missed, but do not exceed the maximum recommended daily increase.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow often should I test alkalinity?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nTest every week and adjust the daily dosage as needed. If the level is above optimal, wait for the excess to be depleted before restarting the amended daily dosage.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"KOIPETCO","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39286095773750,"sku":"7290100772133","price":481.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0151\/9016\/3510\/products\/red-sea-kh-coralline-gro-marinesupplement-carb-buffers-trace-elements.jpg?v=1743717467"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reef-foundation-a-calcium","title":"Red Sea Reef Foundation A Calcium","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRed Sea Reef Foundation A Calcium\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea Reef Foundation A Calcium\u003c\/strong\u003e is a marine reef conditioner that helps maintain optimal calcium levels in coral reef aquariums, supporting healthy coral growth and stable water parameters. It suits reef keepers who test their water regularly and want to replenish calcium to target levels, whether they keep soft, LPS or SPS corals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy the Foundation Elements Matter\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA successful coral reef aquarium depends on appropriate, stable water parameters, because stability is what corals need to thrive. All the elements found in natural seawater play a part, but a few have a more significant role in overall stability. These are the foundation of the reef environment, and they include three major elements:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCalcium (Ca)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMagnesium (Mg)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBicarbonates (HCO3)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTogether these three have a major effect on water chemistry (pH stability, alkalinity and seawater ionic strength) and on many of the coral's biological processes (skeleton formation, ion exchange and photosynthesis). They complement each other in building the coral skeleton. If they are not available in the correct ratios, one of them will quickly become the limiting factor for healthy coral growth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Benefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintains optimal calcium levels in the reef aquarium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports healthy coral growth and stability in water parameters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContains calcium, strontium and barium in the ratios found in coral skeleton\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable as a liquid or a much more concentrated powder formula\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorks with both weekly and daily supplementing routines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDosage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLiquid: 1 ml will raise the Ca level of 100 liters by 2ppm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePowder: 1g will raise the Ca level of 100 liters. The powder formula has a much higher concentration than the liquid Foundation Program, so do not substitute one for the other measure for measure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSupplementing weekly (soft and LPS corals):\u003c\/strong\u003e Test the foundation elements every week and dose each supplement to replenish them back to the optimal levels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSupplementing daily (SPS and LPS corals):\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMake sure all of the foundation elements are at optimal values.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRun the aquarium for 4 days at a stable salinity without adding any supplements, compensating for evaporation daily by adding freshwater.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAt the end of the 4 days, test the foundation elements and calculate the 4-day dosage of each supplement needed to replenish them to the optimal levels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd the 4-day dosage to the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDivide the 4-day dosage by 4 and use the result as the daily dosage for the next week.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAfter a week of daily dosing, test the foundation elements again and calculate the adjusting dosage of each supplement needed to return to optimal levels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf the adjusting dosage is significantly different from the previous daily dosage, amend (increase or decrease) the daily dosage as appropriate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf the measured level of an element is above the optimal level, wait for the excess to be depleted before restarting daily supplementation with the amended daily dosage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep testing all of the elements every week and adjust the daily dosages as required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOngoing care:\u003c\/strong\u003e As your corals grow, or as you add or remove livestock, the uptake of the elements in your aquarium will gradually change. Keep a logbook of the weekly measurements and dosages to track these trends. If you miss one or more days of supplementing, add the complete amount that you missed, but do not exceed the maximum recommended daily increase for any of the elements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoral reef aquariums\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSoft and LPS corals on a weekly testing and dosing routine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSPS and LPS corals on a daily dosing routine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContains: calcium, strontium and barium, in the ratios found in coral skeleton\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFormats: liquid and powder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLiquid dosing: 1 ml raises Ca in 100 liters by 2ppm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePowder dosing: 1g raises the Ca level of 100 liters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much does the liquid raise calcium?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n1 ml of the liquid will raise the Ca level of 100 liters by 2ppm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is the powder different from the liquid?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe powder formula has a much higher concentration than the liquid Foundation Program. The stated powder dose is 1g to raise the Ca level of 100 liters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow often should I test when keeping soft or LPS corals?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nTest the foundation elements every week and dose each supplement to replenish them back to the optimal levels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I set up daily dosing for SPS and LPS corals?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nStart with all foundation elements at optimal values, then run the tank for 4 days at stable salinity without supplements. Test, calculate the 4-day dosage and add it. Divide that figure by 4 for the daily dose over the next week, then re-test and adjust.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if I miss a day of dosing?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nAdd the complete amount you missed, but do not exceed the maximum recommended daily increase for any of the elements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this product cover magnesium and bicarbonates as well?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo. Reef Foundation A contains calcium, strontium and barium. Magnesium and bicarbonates are the other two foundation elements, and they should also be tested and kept at optimal levels so that none becomes the limiting factor for coral growth.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"KOIPETCO","offers":[{"title":"500ml","offer_id":39286100000822,"sku":"7290100772157","price":451.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true},{"title":"1L","offer_id":39286100033590,"sku":"7290100773789","price":731.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true},{"title":"5L","offer_id":39286100066358,"sku":"7290100773918","price":2600.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true},{"title":"1kg Powder","offer_id":39286100099126,"sku":"7290100772164","price":782.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0151\/9016\/3510\/products\/red-sea-reef-foundation-a-calcium-supplement-coral-aquarium-water-parameters.jpg?v=1743717464"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reef-foundation-b-alkalinity","title":"Red Sea Reef Foundation B Alkalinity","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRed Sea Reef Foundation B Alkalinity\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea Reef Foundation B Alkalinity\u003c\/strong\u003e is a marine alkalinity and pH supplement for coral reef aquariums, made for reef keepers who want to keep the buffering side of their water chemistry stable. It contains a complex of carbonate and other buffers found in natural seawater, so you can replenish alkalinity as your corals use it up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Alkalinity Matters in a Reef Tank\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA successful coral reef aquarium depends on appropriate water parameters, because these give corals the stable environment they need. Every element in natural seawater plays a part, but a few have a bigger influence on overall stability. These are the foundation of the reef environment, and they are the three major elements: Calcium (Ca), Magnesium (Mg) and Bicarbonates (HCO3).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTogether they strongly affect water chemistry: pH stability, alkalinity and seawater ionic strength.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThey also affect many of the coral's biological processes: skeleton formation, ion exchange and photosynthesis.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe three elements complement each other in building the coral skeleton. If they are not available in the correct ratios, one of them quickly becomes the limiting factor for healthy coral growth.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Benefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps maintain proper alkalinity and pH in a coral reef aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContains a complex of carbonate and other buffers present in seawater.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplenishes the bicarbonate foundation element that corals draw on for skeleton formation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuits both weekly and daily dosing routines, depending on your coral types.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAvailable in liquid and powder dosing formats, each with a clear dosing rate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDosage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLiquid: 1 ml will raise the alkalinity of 100 liters by 0.036 meq\/l (1 dKH).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePowder: 1 g will treat 100 liters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeekly supplementing for soft and LPS corals:\u003c\/strong\u003e Test the foundation elements every week and dose each supplement to bring them back to the optimal levels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDaily supplementing for SPS and LPS corals:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMake sure all of the foundation elements are at optimal values.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRun the aquarium for 4 days at a stable salinity without adding any supplements. Compensate for evaporation daily by adding freshwater.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAt the end of the 4 days, test the foundation elements and calculate the 4-day dosage of each supplement needed to replenish them to optimal levels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd the 4-day dosage to the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDivide this 4-day dosage by 4 and use it as the daily dosage for the next week.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAfter a week of daily dosing, test the foundation elements again and calculate the adjusting dosage of each supplement needed to return to optimal levels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf the adjusting dosage is significantly different from the previous daily dosage, increase or decrease the daily dosage as appropriate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf the measured level of an element is above optimal, wait for the excess to be depleted before restarting daily supplementation with the amended daily dosage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep testing all of the elements every week and adjust the daily dosages as required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOngoing Care Tips\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAs your corals grow, or as you add or remove livestock, the uptake of these elements will gradually change. Weekly testing lets you keep up with that.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep a logbook of your weekly measurements and dosages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you miss one or more days of supplementing, add the complete amount you missed, but do not exceed the maximum recommended daily increase for any of the elements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoral reef aquariums.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSoft and LPS corals on a weekly dosing routine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSPS and LPS corals on a daily dosing routine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned to be used alongside supplements for the other foundation elements, calcium and magnesium. Each one is dosed to replenish its own level back to optimal, so test all three regularly to keep them in balance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFunction: maintains alkalinity and pH in reef aquariums\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComposition: complex of carbonate and other buffers present in seawater\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLiquid dosing: 1 ml raises the alkalinity of 100 liters by 0.036 meq\/l (1 dKH)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePowder dosing: 1 g treats 100 liters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTesting interval: foundation elements tested weekly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much liquid do I add to raise alkalinity?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n1 ml of the liquid raises the alkalinity of 100 liters by 0.036 meq\/l (1 dKH). For the powder, 1 g treats 100 liters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow often should I test my water?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nTest the foundation elements every week, whether you dose weekly or daily. Use the results to adjust your dosages as your corals grow or your livestock changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the dosing routines for soft\/LPS and SPS\/LPS corals?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nFor soft and LPS corals, test weekly and dose each supplement to replenish it to optimal levels. For SPS and LPS corals, work out a 4-day dosage after a 4-day supplement-free period. Then divide it by 4 for a daily dose and fine-tune it with weekly testing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat should I do during the 4-day no-supplement period?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nKeep salinity stable by topping up evaporation daily with freshwater, and do not add any supplements. Test the foundation elements at the end of the 4 days to calculate your dosage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if I miss a day of dosing?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nAdd the full amount you missed, but do not exceed the maximum recommended daily increase for any of the elements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy should I keep a logbook?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nCoral uptake of the foundation elements changes as corals grow and as livestock is added or removed. A log of weekly measurements and dosages makes it easier to spot trends and adjust your daily dosage.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"KOIPETCO","offers":[{"title":"500ml","offer_id":39286100230198,"sku":"7290100772171","price":451.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true},{"title":"1L","offer_id":39286100262966,"sku":"7290100773871","price":731.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true},{"title":"5L","offer_id":39286100295734,"sku":"7290100773925","price":2588.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true},{"title":"1kg Powder","offer_id":39286100328502,"sku":"7290100772188","price":782.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0151\/9016\/3510\/products\/red-sea-reef-foundation-b-alkalinity-supplement-coral-aquarium-essentials.jpg?v=1743717458"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reef-foundation-c-magnesium","title":"Red Sea Reef Foundation C Magnesium","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRed Sea Reef Foundation C Magnesium\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea Reef Foundation C Magnesium\u003c\/strong\u003e is a magnesium supplement for coral reef aquariums, made from a blend of magnesium salts. It helps reefkeepers maintain optimal magnesium levels and supports the stable water parameters corals need for health and growth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Magnesium Matters in a Reef Tank\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA successful reef aquarium depends on stable water parameters, because stability gives corals the environment they need. Every element in natural seawater plays a part, but a few have a bigger influence on overall stability. These are the foundation of the reef environment: the three major elements Calcium (Ca), Magnesium (Mg) and Bicarbonates (HCO3).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTogether they affect water chemistry, including pH stability, alkalinity and seawater ionic strength. They also affect many of the coral's biological processes, including skeleton formation, ion exchange and photosynthesis. The three complement each other in building the coral skeleton. If they are not available in the correct ratios, one of them quickly becomes the limiting factor for healthy coral growth.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Benefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaintains optimal magnesium (Mg) levels in a coral reef aquarium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports the stability of the water parameters that coral health and growth depend on\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade from a blend of magnesium salts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied as a liquid or a powder, with a dosing rate given for each\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuits both weekly and daily supplementation routines, depending on your corals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDosage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLiquid: 1 ml will raise the Mg level of 100 liters by 1 ppm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePowder: 1 g will treat 100 liters.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTesting is central to dosing Reef Foundation C. Always measure the foundation elements first and dose to bring them back to optimal levels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeekly supplementing for Soft \/ LPS corals\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTest the foundation elements every week.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDose each supplement to replenish it back to the optimal level.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDaily supplementing for SPS \/ LPS corals\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMake sure all the foundation elements are at optimal values.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRun the aquarium for 4 days at a stable salinity without adding any supplements. Compensate for evaporation daily by adding freshwater.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAt the end of the 4 days, test the foundation elements and calculate the 4-day dosage of each supplement needed to replenish it back to the optimal level.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd the 4-day dosage to the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDivide this 4-day dosage by 4 and use the result as the daily dosage for the next week.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAfter a week of daily dosing, test the foundation elements again and calculate the adjusting dosage of each supplement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf the adjusting dosage is significantly different from the previous daily dosage, increase or decrease the daily dosage as appropriate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf the measured level of an element is above the optimal level, wait for the excess to be depleted before restarting daily supplementation with the amended daily dosage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep testing all the elements every week and adjust the daily dosages as required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eGood Practice\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAs your corals grow, or as you add or remove livestock, the uptake of the elements in your aquarium will gradually change. Keep dosing in step with your test results.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep a logbook of the weekly measurements and dosages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you miss one or more days of supplementing, add the complete amount you missed. Do not exceed the maximum recommended daily increase for any of the elements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoral reef aquariums\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSoft and LPS corals on a weekly dosing routine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSPS and LPS corals on a daily dosing routine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComposition: blend of magnesium salts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLiquid dosing rate: 1 ml raises Mg in 100 liters by 1 ppm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePowder dosing rate: 1 g treats 100 liters\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much Reef Foundation C Magnesium raises the magnesium level?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWith the liquid, 1 ml raises the Mg level of 100 liters by 1 ppm. With the powder, 1 g treats 100 liters.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow often should I test and dose if I keep soft or LPS corals?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nTest the foundation elements every week and dose each supplement to bring it back to the optimal level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I set up daily dosing for SPS \/ LPS corals?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nStart with all foundation elements at optimal values. Run the tank for 4 days at stable salinity with no supplements, topping up evaporation with freshwater. Then test and calculate the 4-day dosage and add it. Divide that amount by 4 for the daily dose over the next week, then test again and adjust.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat should I do if my magnesium reading is above optimal?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWait for the excess to be depleted before restarting daily supplementation with the amended daily dosage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if I forget to dose for a day or more?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nAdd the full amount you missed, but do not exceed the maximum recommended daily increase for any of the elements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy should I keep a logbook?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nCoral growth and changes in livestock gradually change how quickly the elements are taken up. A log of weekly measurements and dosages makes it easier to adjust your daily dosage as your reef develops.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"KOIPETCO","offers":[{"title":"500ml","offer_id":39286100492342,"sku":"7290100772867","price":451.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true},{"title":"1L","offer_id":39286100525110,"sku":"7290100773888","price":731.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true},{"title":"1kg Powder","offer_id":39286100590646,"sku":"7290100772874","price":782.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0151\/9016\/3510\/products\/red-sea-reef-foundation-c-magnesium-supplement-aquarium-nutrient.jpg?v=1743717452"},{"product_id":"red-sea-coral-colors-a-iodine-500ml","title":"Red Sea Coral Colors A Iodine 500ml","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRed Sea Coral Colors A Iodine 500ml\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea Coral Colors A Iodine 500ml\u003c\/strong\u003e is a marine conditioner that replenishes the essential halogens in a reef aquarium to support coral health and reduce the risk of coral bleaching. It suits reef keepers who maintain soft corals or SPS corals and want a structured, test-based way to keep their Color Elements at optimal levels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Benefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplenishes essential halogens in aquarium systems to support coral health.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA complex of three halogens: Iodine, Bromine and Fluorine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe halogens act as both antioxidants and oxidative agents within the soft tissue and mucus layer of corals, reducing the possibility of coral bleaching.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUseful where these elements run low: in inactive reef systems they are depleted quickly because of their high oxidative abilities and their reactivity with organic materials.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIodine and bromine are related to the pink chroma protein (pocciloporin).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDosing is based on testing the Color Elements and topping each one back up to its optimal level. The routine depends on the type of coral you keep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSoft corals (weekly dosing): test the Color Elements every week and dose each supplement to replenish it back to the optimal level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSPS corals (daily dosing):\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMake sure all of the Color Elements are at optimal values, then run the aquarium for 4 days at a stable salinity without adding any supplements. Compensate for evaporation daily.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAt the end of the 4 days, test the Color Elements and calculate the 4-day dosage of each supplement needed to replenish it back to the optimal level.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd the 4-day dosage to the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDivide the 4-day dosage by 4 and use the result as the daily dosage for the next week.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAfter a week of daily dosing, test the Color Elements again and calculate the adjusting dosage of each supplement needed to restore the optimal level.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf the adjusting dosage is significantly different from the previous daily dosage, amend (increase or decrease) the daily dosage as appropriate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf the measured level of a specific element is above the optimal level, wait for the excess to be depleted before restarting daily supplementation with the amended daily dosage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep testing all of the elements every week and adjust the daily dosages as required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs your corals grow, or as you add or remove livestock, the uptake of these elements in your aquarium will gradually change. Keep a log book of the weekly measurements and dosages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDosage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSoft corals: test weekly and dose each supplement to replenish it back to the optimal level.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSPS corals: calculate a 4-day dosage from your test results, then divide it by 4 for the daily dosage over the following week.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMissed one or more days: add the complete amount you have missed, but do not exceed the maximum recommended daily increase for any of the elements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReef aquariums with soft corals, using the weekly dosing routine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReef aquariums with SPS corals, using the daily dosing routine.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: marine conditioner\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eActive elements: halogen complex of Iodine, Bromine and Fluorine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVolume: 500 ml (16.9 fl oz)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e500 ml (16.9 fl oz) of Coral Colors A Iodine halogen supplement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich halogens does Coral Colors A contain?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt is a complex of three halogens: Iodine, Bromine and Fluorine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow often should I dose it in a soft coral tank?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nTest the Color Elements every week and dose each supplement to replenish it back to the optimal level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I work out the daily dose for SPS corals?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nStart with all Color Elements at optimal values and run the tank for 4 days at stable salinity, topping up for evaporation daily and adding no supplements. Then test, calculate the 4-day dosage and add it. Divide that figure by 4 to get the daily dosage for the next week, then test again and adjust.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if a test shows an element above the optimal level?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWait for the excess to be depleted before restarting daily supplementation with the amended daily dosage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat should I do if I miss a day of dosing?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nAdd the complete amount you missed, but do not exceed the maximum recommended daily increase for any of the elements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy keep a log book of dosages?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nElement uptake changes gradually as corals grow or as you add or remove livestock. A log of weekly measurements and dosages makes it easier to spot those changes and adjust your daily dosage.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"KOIPETCO","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39286101770294,"sku":"7290100772881","price":463.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0151\/9016\/3510\/products\/red-sea-coral-colors-a-iodine-500ml-halogens-antioxidants-coral-health.jpg?v=1743717447"},{"product_id":"red-sea-coral-colors-b-potassium-500ml","title":"Red Sea Coral Colors B Potassium 500ml","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRed Sea Coral Colors B Potassium 500ml\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea Coral Colors B Potassium 500ml\u003c\/strong\u003e is a marine conditioner that replenishes potassium and boron in coral aquariums, two elements corals need for moving nutrients around their tissue and for building their skeletons. It is a potassium and boron complex for reef keepers who test their water and want to keep these elements at optimal levels for soft corals and SPS corals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Benefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplenishes potassium and boron in one complex, so both elements can be topped up together.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePotassium plays an essential role in transporting coral nutrients within the soft tissue, including the nutrients provided by the zooxanthellae.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePotassium and boron significantly affect the alkalinity of a coral's soft tissue and the formation of aragonite in its skeleton.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePotassium is related to the red chromo-proteins, which makes it relevant for reef keepers focused on coral colour.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuits both weekly dosing for soft corals and daily dosing for SPS corals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDose based on test results. Test the Color Elements and dose each supplement to bring it back to its optimal level. The routine depends on the type of coral you keep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSoft corals (weekly dosing):\u003c\/strong\u003e test the Color Elements every week and dose each supplement to replenish them to the optimal levels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eSPS corals (daily dosing):\u003c\/strong\u003e follow the step-by-step routine below.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDosage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDaily dosing routine for SPS corals:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMake sure all of the Color Elements are at optimal values.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRun the aquarium for 4 days at a stable salinity, compensating for evaporation daily, without adding any supplements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAt the end of the 4 days, test the Color Elements and calculate the 4-day dosage of each supplement needed to replenish them to the optimal levels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd the 4-day dosage to the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDivide the 4-day dosage by 4 and use the result as the daily dosage for the next week.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAfter a week of adding the daily dosage, test the Color Elements and calculate the adjusting dosage of each supplement needed to get back to optimal levels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf the adjusting dosage is significantly different from the previous daily dosage, increase or decrease the daily dosage as appropriate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf the measured level of a specific element is above the optimal level, wait for the excess to be depleted before restarting daily supplementation with the amended daily dosage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep testing all of the elements every week and adjust the daily dosages as required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAs your corals grow, or as you add or remove livestock, the uptake of these elements in your aquarium will gradually change. Keep a logbook of the weekly measurements and dosages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf you miss one or more days of supplementing, add the complete amount you have missed, but do not exceed the maximum recommended daily increase for any of the elements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoral aquariums and reef systems where potassium and boron need to be replenished.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSoft corals, using the weekly dosing method.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSPS corals, using the daily dosing method.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for use alongside regular testing of the Color Elements, so dosing can be matched to what your corals are actually using. Keep salinity stable and compensate for evaporation daily, especially during the 4-day baseline period in the SPS routine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x 500 ml (17 fl oz) potassium and boron complex for coral aquariums\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does Coral Colors B Potassium do in a reef tank?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt replenishes potassium and boron, which support nutrient transport within coral soft tissue and the formation of aragonite in the coral skeleton.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow often should I dose it for soft corals?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nTest the Color Elements every week and dose each supplement to bring it back to its optimal level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I set up daily dosing for SPS corals?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nStart with all Color Elements at optimal values and run the tank for 4 days at stable salinity with no supplements. Test, calculate and add the 4-day dosage, then divide it by 4 for the daily dose over the following week. Retest after that week and adjust the daily dose if needed.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if the test shows an element above the optimal level?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWait for the excess to be depleted before restarting daily supplementation with the amended daily dosage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat should I do if I miss a day of dosing?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nAdd the full amount you missed, but do not exceed the maximum recommended daily increase for any of the elements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy keep a logbook?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nUptake changes as corals grow or as you add or remove livestock. A record of weekly measurements and dosages makes it easier to see the trend and adjust your daily dosage.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"KOIPETCO","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39286101868598,"sku":"7290100772898","price":463.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0151\/9016\/3510\/products\/red-sea-coral-colors-b-potassium-500ml-nutrient-complex-coral-health.jpg?v=1743717441"},{"product_id":"red-sea-coral-colors-c-iron-500ml","title":"Red Sea Coral Colors C Iron 500ml","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRed Sea Coral Colors C Iron 500ml\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea Coral Colors C Iron 500ml\u003c\/strong\u003e is a marine aquarium conditioner that replenishes iron and other essential micro-elements used up by corals. It is aimed at reef keepers who want to support the biochemical processes of soft and SPS corals with a measured, test-based routine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Benefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplenishes iron and a complex of 8 metals in reef aquariums.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports the biochemical processes of corals, particularly soft corals and SPS corals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplies micro-elements involved in respiration, energy production, chlorophyll and photosynthetic catalysts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe C elements are related to the green\/yellow chroma-proteins in corals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorks with a test-and-adjust routine, so you dose to your tank's measured levels rather than guessing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eTest the Color Elements and dose each supplement to bring it back to its optimal level. The routine differs for soft corals and SPS corals, so follow the matching schedule below. As your corals grow, or as you add or remove livestock, the uptake of these elements in your aquarium will gradually change. Keep testing and adjusting, and keep a logbook of your weekly measurements and dosages.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDosage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSoft corals: weekly dosing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTest the Color Elements every week.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDose each supplement to replenish it back to the optimal level.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSPS corals: daily dosing\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMake sure all of the Color Elements are at optimal values.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRun the aquarium for 4 days at a stable salinity, compensating for evaporation daily, without adding any supplements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAt the end of the 4 days, test the Color Elements and calculate the 4-day dosage of each supplement needed to replenish it back to the optimal level.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd the 4-day dosage to the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDivide this 4-day dosage by 4 and use the result as the daily dosage for the next week.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAfter a week of daily dosing, test the Color Elements and calculate the adjusting dosage of each supplement needed to return to optimal levels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf the adjusting dosage is significantly different from the previous daily dosage, increase or decrease the daily dosage as appropriate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf a specific element measures above its optimal level, wait for the excess to be depleted before restarting daily supplementation with the amended daily dosage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContinue testing all of the elements every week and adjust the daily dosages as required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMissed a dose: if you miss one or more days of supplementing, add the complete amount you missed. Do not exceed the maximum recommended daily increase for any of the elements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarine and reef aquariums with soft corals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarine and reef aquariums with SPS corals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReef keepers who test their water regularly and keep a dosing logbook.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: marine conditioner\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComplex of 8 metals: iron, manganese, cobalt, copper, aluminium, zinc, chrome and nickel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMain focus: iron, plus the other micro-elements in the complex\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x 500 ml (16.9 fl oz) bottle of marine conditioner\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich metals are in this supplement?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt is a complex of 8 metals: iron, manganese, cobalt, copper, aluminium, zinc, chrome and nickel.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it for soft corals or SPS corals?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt is intended for both, particularly soft and SPS corals. Soft corals follow a weekly dosing routine, while SPS corals follow a daily dosing routine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow often should I test my Color Elements?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nTest every week. Soft coral keepers test weekly and dose to replenish each element. SPS keepers test after a 4-day no-dosing period to set the daily dose, then test again after a week of daily dosing to fine-tune it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat should I do if I miss a day of dosing?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nAdd the complete amount you missed, but do not exceed the maximum recommended daily increase for any of the elements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if a test shows an element above the optimal level?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWait for the excess to be depleted before restarting daily supplementation. Then resume with the amended daily dosage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy do I need to keep a logbook?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nCoral growth and changes to your livestock gradually alter how much of each element your aquarium uses. A logbook of weekly measurements and dosages makes it easier to spot these trends and adjust your daily dosages.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"KOIPETCO","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39286102130742,"sku":"7290100772904","price":463.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0151\/9016\/3510\/products\/red-sea-coral-colors-c-iron-500ml-trace-metal-complex-aquarium-supplement.jpg?v=1743717421"},{"product_id":"red-sea-coral-colors-d-bioactive-elements-500ml","title":"Red Sea Coral Colors D Bioactive Elements 500ml","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRed Sea Coral Colors D Bioactive Elements 500ml\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea Coral Colors D Bioactive Elements\u003c\/strong\u003e is a marine aquarium conditioner that replenishes and maintains optimal levels of 18 trace elements corals need for their metabolic processes. It is designed for reef keepers who test regularly and want to dose soft corals or SPS corals according to measured values. It comes in a single 500 ml bottle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Benefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReplenishes and maintains 18 trace elements essential for the metabolic processes of corals in an aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplies a complex of 18 trace elements, selected from all the trace elements found in natural seawater (NSW), that take part in metabolic processes inside a coral's skeleton and soft tissue.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe D elements are related to the blue\/purple chroma-proteins in corals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports a test-and-adjust routine, so dosing follows what your aquarium actually uses rather than guesswork.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHas separate dosing methods for soft corals (weekly) and SPS corals (daily), so each can be dosed in the way that suits it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDosing is based on testing the Color Elements and replenishing each one back to its optimal level. The routine depends on the type of coral you keep.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDosage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWeekly dosing – soft corals\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTest the Color Elements every week.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDose each supplement to replenish its element back to the optimal level.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDaily dosing – SPS corals\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMake sure all of the Color Elements are at optimal values.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRun the aquarium for 4 days at a stable salinity, compensating for evaporation daily, without adding any supplements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAt the end of the 4 days, test the Color Elements and calculate the 4-day dosage of each supplement needed to replenish them back to optimal levels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd the 4-day dosage to the system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDivide this 4-day dosage by 4 and use the result as the daily dosage for the next week.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAfter a week of adding the daily dosage, test the Color Elements and calculate the adjusting dosage of each supplement needed to replenish back to optimal levels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf the adjusting dosage is significantly different from the previous daily dosage, amend (increase or decrease) the daily dosage as appropriate.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf the measured level of a specific element is above the optimal level, wait for the excess to be depleted before restarting daily supplementation with the amended daily dosage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContinue testing all of the elements every week and adjust the daily dosages as required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eOngoing Adjustments and Missed Doses\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAs your corals grow, or as you add or remove livestock, the uptake of the elements in your aquarium will gradually change.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeep a logbook of the weekly measurements and dosages.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you miss one or more days of supplementing, add the complete amount that you missed, but do not exceed the maximum recommended daily increase for any of the elements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSoft corals in marine aquariums, using the weekly dosing method.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSPS corals in marine aquariums, using the daily dosing method.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReef keepers who already test their water and want to keep trace element levels at optimal values.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eType: marine conditioner\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComplex of 18 trace elements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eD elements related to the blue\/purple chroma-proteins\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVolume: 500 ml (16.9 fl oz)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x 500 ml (16.9 fl oz) bottle of Coral Colors D Bioactive Elements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does Coral Colors D Bioactive Elements contain?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt is a complex of 18 trace elements. These are 18 elements, out of all the trace elements in natural seawater, that take part in metabolic processes inside a coral's skeleton and soft tissue.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow often should I dose it for soft corals?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWeekly. Test the Color Elements every week and dose each supplement to bring the elements back to their optimal levels.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I dose it for SPS corals?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nStart with all Color Elements at optimal values and run the tank for 4 days at a stable salinity without any supplements, compensating for evaporation daily. Then test, calculate the 4-day dosage and add it. Divide that dosage by 4 for the daily dose over the following week, then test again and adjust.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat if a test shows an element above the optimal level?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWait for the excess to be depleted before restarting daily supplementation with the amended daily dosage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat should I do if I miss a day of dosing?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nAdd the complete amount you missed, but do not exceed the maximum recommended daily increase for any of the elements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy should I keep a logbook?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nElement uptake changes as corals grow or as you add or remove livestock. A logbook of weekly measurements and dosages makes it easier to see these trends and adjust your daily dosages.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"KOIPETCO","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39286102392886,"sku":"7290100772911","price":463.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0151\/9016\/3510\/products\/red-sea-coral-colors-d-bioactive-elements-500ml-trace-elements-soft-corals.jpg?v=1743717414"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reef-energy-ab-plus-coral-superfood","title":"Red Sea Reef Energy AB Plus Coral Superfood","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRed Sea Reef Energy AB Plus Coral Superfood\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea Reef Energy AB Plus Coral Superfood\u003c\/strong\u003e is an all-in-one coral food that supplies the nutritional building blocks corals need for growth, resilience and colour in a reef aquarium. It suits reef keepers with Soft, LPS, SPS and non-photosynthetic corals, including those who want to feed through an automatic doser.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Corals Need More Than Light and Clean Water\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCorals need a strong light source and clean water, but that is only part of the picture. Beyond mineral building blocks such as calcium and carbonate, every coral needs a source of organic nutrients for proper tissue growth, pigment production, general health and immune system support. This is often overlooked. In our aquariums, many of these building blocks are stripped out by heavy filtration and nutrient export. Reef Energy Plus replaces them with a balanced source of amino acids, fatty acids, vitamins and carbohydrates, in an easy-to-dose form that your corals can absorb and consume directly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Benefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeets corals' complete nutritional requirements in a single product\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports maximal growth rates\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy to use with automatic dosing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMinimal over skimming, thanks to its nutritional makeup\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHighest energetic efficiency\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNo residual waste\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBased on long-term research, as an enhanced supplement for vitality, growth and coloration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImproves on the original two-part Reef Energy formula. Laboratory testing demonstrated a 15% increase in growth with the Reef Energy Plus formula.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDose by hand or with an automatic doser. The all-in-one formulation can be kept unrefrigerated and unstirred for up to one week without compromising the efficacy of the combined components.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo avoid spoilage, do not put more than one week's dosage in the dosing container.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWash the dosing container between refills.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnder LED lighting, increase the dose if your corals are not growing, even if there are no signs of photoinhibition.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSoft corals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLPS corals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSPS corals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNon-photosynthetic corals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for use with automatic dosers, so it fits into a hands-off feeding routine alongside your existing reef setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable Sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable in 250 mL, 500 mL and 1 Liter.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich corals can I feed with Reef Energy Plus?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt is formulated for Soft, LPS, SPS and non-photosynthetic corals, so it suits mixed reef tanks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it in an automatic doser?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. The all-in-one formula was designed for automatic dosers and can be kept unrefrigerated and unstirred for up to one week.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much can I load into the doser container at once?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo more than one week's dosage, to avoid spoilage. Wash the container between refills.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it replace calcium and carbonate?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo. Calcium and carbonate are mineral building blocks that corals need in addition. Reef Energy Plus supplies the organic nutrients: amino acids, fatty acids, vitamins and carbohydrates.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eShould I change the dose under LED lighting?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIf your corals are not growing under LED lighting, increase the dose, even when there are no signs of photoinhibition.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is Reef Energy Plus different from the original Reef Energy?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt improves on the original two-part formula by combining everything in one product. Laboratory testing demonstrated a 15% increase in growth with the Plus formula.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"KOIPETCO","offers":[{"title":"100ml","offer_id":49327525232948,"sku":"19008","price":225.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true},{"title":"250ml","offer_id":39286102982710,"sku":"730773221028","price":419.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true},{"title":"500ml","offer_id":39286103015478,"sku":"7290100770306","price":675.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true},{"title":"1L","offer_id":39286103048246,"sku":"7290100770313","price":1041.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0151\/9016\/3510\/products\/red-sea-reef-energy-ab-plus-coral-superfood-nutrition-advanced-supplement-for-coral-vitality-growth-coloration.jpg?v=1743717409"},{"product_id":"red-sea-no3-po4-x-nopox-algae-management","title":"Red Sea NO3 PO4-X NOPOX Algae Management","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRed Sea NO3 PO4-X NOPOX Algae Management\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea NO3 PO4-X NOPOX Algae Management\u003c\/strong\u003e is a nitrate and phosphate management additive for aquarium keepers who want to bring nutrient levels under control. It supplies a complex of carbons that feeds nutrient-reducing bacteria while keeping the Carbon:Nitrogen:Phosphorus ratio they need. It suits reef and coral aquarists looking for a controlled, dose-by-dose approach to nutrient control and algae management.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Benefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManages nitrate and phosphate levels with a complex of carbons that supports nutrient-reducing bacteria.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEach carbon in the complex is used by different strains of microorganisms, while the specific Carbon:Nitrogen:Phosphorus ratio required for each stage is maintained.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes other organic bonded elements that act as important stimulators at each stage of the reduction process.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe metal and non-metal elements in the complex support steady bacterial propagation and complete nitrate reduction to nitrogen gas, as well as the absorption and utilisation of phosphate by the bacteria.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMonitored dosing gives fine control over nitrate and phosphate, so changes are gradual and nutrient levels can be maintained accurately.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGradual change helps avoid destruction of the zooxanthellae population, which can lead to UV shock and starvation of the corals.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnlike some other low-nutrient regimes, correct use maintains all of the beneficial micro fauna.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAlso recommended as a complete carbon source for use with carbon-based de-nitrators.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDose with the measuring cup for easy, accurate measuring, and keep dosing monitored so nitrate and phosphate levels change gradually. Gradual, controlled adjustment is what protects the zooxanthellae in your corals and the beneficial micro fauna in the system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDosage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 ml per 100 litres.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe dose should be reduced daily.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAquariums where nitrate and phosphate levels need managing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoral systems where the zooxanthellae population must be protected during nutrient reduction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAquarists who want to keep beneficial micro fauna while lowering nutrients.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eWorks as a complete carbon source alongside carbon-based de-nitrators.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable Sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable in 500 ml, as well as other pack sizes in the range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea NO3:PO4-X (NOPOX)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA measuring cup for easy dosing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much NO3:PO4-X should I dose?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe stated dose is 2 ml per 100 litres, and the dose should be reduced daily.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does it help manage nitrate and phosphate?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt provides a complex of carbons that nutrient-reducing bacteria use. The bacteria reduce nitrate completely to nitrogen gas and absorb and use phosphate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it harm the beneficial micro fauna in my tank?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo. Used correctly, it maintains all of the beneficial micro fauna, unlike some other low-nutrient regimes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy does gradual nutrient reduction matter for corals?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nFine control through monitored dosing gives gradual changes in nutrient levels. This helps avoid destruction of the zooxanthellae population, which can cause UV shock and starvation of the corals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it with a carbon-based de-nitrator?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. It is recommended as a complete carbon source for use with carbon-based de-nitrators.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need a separate measuring device?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo. A measuring cup is included for easy dosing.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"KOIPETCO","offers":[{"title":"100ml","offer_id":49321227092276,"sku":"7290100774182","price":225.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true},{"title":"500ml","offer_id":39286103670838,"sku":"7290100772942","price":511.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true},{"title":"1L","offer_id":39286103703606,"sku":"7290100772959","price":847.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true},{"title":"5L","offer_id":39286103736374,"sku":"7290100773895","price":3042.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0151\/9016\/3510\/products\/red-sea-no3-po4-x-nopox-algae-management-nitrate-phosphate-control.jpg?v=1743717406"},{"product_id":"red-sea-aiptasia-x-60ml","title":"Red Sea Aiptasia X 60ml","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRed Sea Aiptasia X 60ml\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea Aiptasia X 60ml\u003c\/strong\u003e is a reef-safe Aiptasia treatment for removing unwanted Aiptasia anemones from marine and reef aquariums. It is a thick, adhesive mixture that you inject close to the anemone, and it comes with a syringe and two applicator tips. It suits reef keepers who need to deal with Aiptasia, including anemones growing inside coral colonies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Benefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnique, thick adhesive material that forms globules on contact with aquarium water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe Aiptasia does not retract during treatment, because the material encourages it to ingest the product rather than withdraw\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWithin minutes of ingesting it, the anemone implodes, which removes both the anemone and its planulas\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe globules do not affect the sessile polyps of corals, so Aiptasia growing inside coral colonies can be treated safely\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoes not affect water chemistry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAny excess material decomposes over time without harming the reef\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStraight and angled applicator tips help you reach even the most inaccessible anemones\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse the syringe from the applicator set with either the straight or the angled lock-on tip, whichever gives better access to the anemone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInject the material near the oral disk of the Aiptasia.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOn contact with the aquarium water the material globulates. This stimulates the anemone to ingest it without withdrawing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOnce the anemone has ingested the material, it implodes within minutes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAny material the Aiptasia does not ingest is harmless to sessile invertebrates and will decay over time.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDosage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe full 60 ml of material is sufficient to treat approximately 100 Aiptasia anemones, so each kit provides around 100 treatments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReef and marine aquariums affected by Aiptasia anemones\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAiptasia that has grown inside coral colonies\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHobbyists who want a targeted, spot-treatment method that does not change water chemistry\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe globules do not affect the sessile polyps of corals, and any material not ingested by the Aiptasia is harmless to sessile invertebrates. Excess material breaks down over time without adverse consequences for the reef.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial volume: 60 ml (2 fl oz)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTreatment capacity: approximately 100 Aiptasia anemones\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApplicator: syringe with two lock-on tips, one straight and one angled\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x 60 ml bottle of Aiptasia X material\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x applicator set: a syringe with two lock-on applicator tips (straight and angled)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill Aiptasia X harm my corals?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe globules do not affect the sessile polyps of corals, so the product can be used to treat Aiptasia that has grown inside coral colonies.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many Aiptasia can I treat with one kit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe 60 ml of material is sufficient to treat approximately 100 Aiptasia anemones.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere do I apply it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nInject it near the oral disk of the anemone. It globulates on contact with the aquarium water and the anemone ingests it without withdrawing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat happens to material the Aiptasia doesn't ingest?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nExcess material is harmless to sessile invertebrates and decomposes over time without causing harm to the reef.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it change my water chemistry?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo. Aiptasia X does not affect water chemistry.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the straight and angled tips?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBoth lock onto the syringe. The straight tip suits easy-to-reach anemones, while the angled tip helps you treat anemones in hard-to-reach spots.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"KOIPETCO","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39286104522806,"sku":"7290100771969","price":399.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0151\/9016\/3510\/products\/red-sea-aiptasia-x-60ml-reef-safe-anemone-elimination-treatment.jpg?v=1743717401"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reef-spec-carbon","title":"Red Sea Reef Spec Carbon","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRed Sea Reef Spec Carbon\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea Reef Spec Carbon\u003c\/strong\u003e is a filter media carbon for the rapid removal of organic pollutants in marine and reef aquariums. It is made for reefkeepers who want to keep water quality high without adding phosphate or ash to the system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Benefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRapidly removes organic pollutants from marine and reef aquarium water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHigh total adsorption capacity, thanks to its granule size and micro\/macroporous structure.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTargets the specific organic pollutants found in reef aquariums.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUltra-low phosphate output, so it leaches very little phosphate into the water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUltra-low ash content.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDoes not affect the pH of aquarium water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNeeds replacing less often than carbons that are not reef-specific or are of lower quality, which makes it an effective, cost-efficient way to maintain water quality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarine aquariums.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReef aquariums.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFreshwater aquariums.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShape: flakes, 0.6 - 2.3 mm (approx. 0.02 - 0.09\")\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDensity: 0.48 g\/ml\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePore Volume (PV): 1.04 ml\/g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal Surface Area (TSA): 1000 m2\/g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTSA\/PV: 990 m2\/ml\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmall organic molecule adsorption: 1000 mg\/g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarge organic molecule adsorption: 280 mg\/g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003epH in distilled water: \u0026gt;8\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePhosphate output: 0.000001 g\/ml\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable Sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable in 250g, 500g and 1000g.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReef Spec Carbon filter media\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFilter bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use this carbon in a freshwater aquarium?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. It is suitable for both marine and freshwater aquariums, and it is designed with marine and reef systems in mind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it leach phosphate into my reef tank?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt is designed for ultra-low phosphate output, with a stated phosphate output of 0.000001 g\/ml.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it change the pH of the aquarium water?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo. It does not affect the pH of aquarium water. The pH of the carbon in distilled water is listed as \u0026gt;8.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does the granule size and pore structure do?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe flakes measure 0.6 - 2.3 mm. Together with the micro\/macroporous structure, they give very high total adsorption capacity and rapid extraction of reef-specific organic pollutants. Small organic molecule adsorption is 1000 mg\/g and large organic molecule adsorption is 280 mg\/g.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come with a filter bag?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes, a filter bag is included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich pack size should I choose?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt is available in 250g, 500g and 1000g. The carbon is the same in each, so choose the quantity that suits your filter and your aquarium.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"KOIPETCO","offers":[{"title":"100g","offer_id":39286106062902,"sku":"7290100775950","price":169.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true},{"title":"250g","offer_id":39286106095670,"sku":"7290100775806","price":295.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true},{"title":"500g","offer_id":39286106128438,"sku":"730773374106","price":480.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true},{"title":"1kg","offer_id":39286106161206,"sku":"7290100775820","price":769.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0151\/9016\/3510\/products\/red-sea-reef-spec-carbon-marine-reef-aquarium-filter-media.jpg?v=1743717395"},{"product_id":"red-sea-filter-sock-bags","title":"Red Sea Filter Sock Bags","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRed Sea Filter Sock Bags\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea Filter Sock Bags\u003c\/strong\u003e are reusable aquarium filter bags for mechanical filtration, made for Red Sea REEFER and MAX-S aquariums. The range comes in felt and thin-mesh versions with different porosities, so you can match the bag to how clean or how dirty your water is.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Benefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReusable construction, so there is no need to replace the bag each time it clogs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA range of 3 bags gives you different levels of mechanical filtration to trap particulate matter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFelt bags trap particulate matter in the thick wall of the bag.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe monofilament construction of the thin-mesh bags makes them very easy to clean.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNow used in REEFER and MAX-S systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Choose the Right Porosity\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e100 micron felt:\u003c\/strong\u003e designed for fine polishing of water that is already low in particulate matter, such as a mature aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e225 micron felt:\u003c\/strong\u003e ideal for regular day-to-day use. It allows a longer period between cleaning than the 100 micron bags.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003e225 micron thin mesh:\u003c\/strong\u003e well suited to new setups, to the time after heavy maintenance, and to any time there is a lot of particulate matter in the water. It can also hold other mechanical or chemical filter media.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea REEFER and MAX-S aquariums.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMature aquariums that need fine water polishing (100 micron felt).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEveryday filtration with longer gaps between cleaning (225 micron felt).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNew setups and post-maintenance clean-up (225 micron thin mesh).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade for Red Sea REEFER and MAX-S aquariums.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWill also fit any standard 10 cm (4\") filter bag holder.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLength: 26 cm (10\")\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits holders: standard 10 cm (4\")\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstruction: reusable felt or monofilament thin mesh\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePorosities: 100 micron and 225 micron\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable Sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe range is offered in 3 versions: 100 micron felt, 225 micron felt and 225 micron thin mesh.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich filter sock should I use in a new aquarium setup?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe 225 micron thin-mesh bag is recommended for new setups, after heavy maintenance, and whenever there is a lot of particulate matter in the water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the 100 and 225 micron felt bags?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe 100 micron felt bag is designed for fine polishing of water that is already low in particulate matter, as in a mature aquarium. The 225 micron felt bag suits regular day-to-day use and lasts longer between cleanings than the 100 micron bag.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill these bags fit a filter bag holder that is not a Red Sea one?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes, they will fit any standard 10 cm (4\") filter bag holder. They are 26 cm (10\") long and made for REEFER and MAX-S aquariums.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use the bag to hold other filter media?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes, the 225 micron thin-mesh bag is suitable as a holder for other mechanical or chemical filter media.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre the bags reusable?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes, all 3 bags in the range are reusable. The monofilament construction of the thin-mesh bags makes them very easy to clean.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich bag needs cleaning less often?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe 225 micron felt bag allows a longer period between cleaning than the 100 micron felt bag.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"KOIPETCO","offers":[{"title":"100m Felt","offer_id":39286107963446,"sku":"7290100779743","price":199.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true},{"title":"225m Felt","offer_id":39286107996214,"sku":"7290100779729","price":199.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true},{"title":"225m Mesh","offer_id":39286108028982,"sku":"7290100779736","price":199.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0151\/9016\/3510\/products\/red-sea-filter-sock-bags-225-micron-felt-aquarium-filtration-reusable-26cm.jpg?v=1743717376"},{"product_id":"red-sea-filter-media-cup","title":"Red Sea Filter Media Cup","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRed Sea Filter Media Cup\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Red Sea Filter Media Cup\u003c\/strong\u003e is a media reactor cup that lets you run carbon, GFO, ceramic media or filter pads in your aquarium or sump to help improve water quality. It suits reef and marine keepers who want a tidy, cost-effective alternative to filter socks, or who want to build a custom filter tower.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Benefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRuns a wide variety of media, including carbon, GFO, filter floss, ceramic media or any other media you prefer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlots in the bottom half of the cup force water to flow down through the media before it can exit freely, so the water makes proper contact with what you have packed inside.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA cost-effective, ideal replacement for filter socks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLets you create your own custom filter tower.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComes with a media bag for loading and managing your chosen media.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePack the cup with the media you want to run: filter floss, ceramic media, carbon, GFO or another media of your choice. Use the included media bag to hold loose media. Water is directed down through the media by the slots in the lower half of the cup before it leaves.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCarbon:\u003c\/strong\u003e helps remove toxins and yellowing pigments from the water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eGFO:\u003c\/strong\u003e helps remove phosphates.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBiological media such as MarinePure:\u003c\/strong\u003e adds surface area.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFilter pads only:\u003c\/strong\u003e if you simply want to polish free-floating particles out of the water, place a few handfuls of filter pad in the cup and replace the dirty pads every few days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReef and marine aquariums that need extra media filtration.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAquarists replacing filter socks in a sump.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHobbyists who want to mix and customise their filter media.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorks with all Red Sea Reefer and MAX systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatible with most pre-made sumps.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: approx. 10 cm x 20 cm (4\" x 8\")\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMin sock opening: approx. 8.9 cm (3.5\")\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 1 litre (0.26 gal)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMedia bag size: approx. 13 cm x 25 cm (5\" x 10\")\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x Filter Media Cup (1 litre capacity)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x REEF SPEC Media Bag\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the Filter Media Cup replace a filter sock?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. It is designed as a cost-effective replacement for filter socks. If you only need to polish free-floating particles, a few handfuls of filter pad in the cup is all it needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat media can I run in it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYou can run carbon, GFO, filter floss, ceramic media or any other media you like. A biological substrate such as MarinePure is also an option for added surface area.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it fit my Red Sea Reefer or MAX system?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. It works with all Red Sea Reefer and MAX systems, and it is compatible with most pre-made sumps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow often should I change the filter pads?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIf you are using the cup purely to catch free-floating particles, replace the dirty pads every few days.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much media does it hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe cup has a 1 litre capacity. The included media bag measures approx. 13 cm x 25 cm (5\" x 10\").\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it come with a media bag?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. Each cup includes one REEF SPEC Media Bag.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"KOIPETCO","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39286108880950,"sku":"7290100770849","price":485.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0151\/9016\/3510\/products\/red-sea-filter-media-cup-aquarium-carbon-gfo-media-bag-included-20cm.jpg?v=1743717371"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefdose-2-dosing-pump","title":"Red Sea ReefDose 2 Dosing Pump","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRed Sea ReefDose 2 Dosing Pump\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Red Sea ReefDose 2 Dosing Pump\u003c\/strong\u003e is a two-head automatic dosing pump for reef aquariums. It delivers liquid supplements on a programmable schedule with single-drop precision. It suits reef keepers who want accurate, hands-off dosing with smart scheduling and app control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Benefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSingle-drop accuracy from custom-built dosing heads with a direct-drive planetary gear-motor, giving an accuracy of ± 0.05 ml or an average deviation of 0.5% (over 10 ml).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFour easy-set smart dosing options for each head, automatically combined into one coordinated schedule.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClick-on\/off dosing heads that need no tools or alignment, so assembly is simple.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAn automatic delay between the heads helps prevent chemical interaction between supplements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic dose compensation for doses missed due to power loss, which is useful with South African power interruptions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThree dosing speeds: quiet Whisper mode, Regular mode and a fast Turbo mode.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOn-demand manual dosing when you need an extra dose outside the schedule.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotor life expectancy of 10 years, based on 250 ml\/day\/head.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmart Scheduling with the Dynamic Dosing Queue\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ReefDose 2 is more than a basic programmable pump. Its \"Dynamic Dosing Queue\" is run by the controller. It merges the dosing plan for each head into one coordinated daily schedule for the whole device. The queue updates automatically after any settings change. It also reschedules doses missed due to unscheduled events such as power outages, maintenance or feeding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReefBeat App Integration\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ReefDose 2 is part of the Red Sea smart ecosystem and integrates with other ReefBeat devices. Through the ReefBeat App you can set up multiple automated dosing programs or individually customised schedules. Programs can run every day or only on selected days, with doses from once per day up to once per hour.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic rescheduling after changes to the dosing schedule or number of doses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDose Queue shows a coordinated list of doses scheduled for all heads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDose Log keeps a record of supplement volumes per hour for up to 30 days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNotifications and alerts for missed doses and more.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVolume monitor tracks when reservoirs need to be refilled.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet a dosing head to \"Food Head\" to dose liquid foods.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClick the dosing heads on or off the pump. No tools or alignment are needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConnect tubing with a 3 mm inner diameter and 5 mm outer diameter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProgram each head through the ReefBeat App, choosing from the four smart dosing options per head. The controller combines them into one schedule.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChoose Whisper, Regular or Turbo speed to suit the application.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse on-demand manual dosing for one-off doses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDosage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDaily dose per head: 0.2 ml up to 1000 ml, adjustable in increments of 0.1 ml.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDosing frequency: 1x per day up to 24x per day.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhisper mode: 15 ml\/min, prioritising whisper-quiet operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRegular mode: 30 ml\/min.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTurbo mode: 45 ml\/min.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReef aquariums that need precise, automated dosing of liquid supplements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAquarists who want separate programs for two different supplements, or one head set up as a Food Head for liquid foods.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDemanding applications where small, repeatable doses matter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorks with the ReefBeat App and integrates with other ReefBeat devices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccepts tubing with a 3 mm inner diameter and 5 mm outer diameter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 13 cm (5.1\") L x 10.4 cm (4.1\") H\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDosing heads: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDosing precision: ± 0.05 ml (average deviation 0.5% over 10 ml)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDosing range: 1x\/day to 24x\/day, 0.2 ml to 1000 ml per head\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDosing speed: 15 ml\/min to 45 ml\/min\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTubing connection: 3 mm ID, 5 mm OD\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne ReefDose 2 Dosing Pump with two dosing heads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow accurate is the ReefDose 2?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIts dosing heads give an accuracy of ± 0.05 ml, or an average deviation of 0.5% over 10 ml.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat dosing speeds are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThere are three: Whisper at 15 ml\/min, Regular at 30 ml\/min and Turbo at 45 ml\/min.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat happens to my dosing schedule during load shedding?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe pump has automatic dose compensation for doses missed due to power loss. The Dynamic Dosing Queue also reschedules doses missed due to power outages, maintenance or feeding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much can each head dose per day?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nEach head can dose from 0.2 ml up to 1000 ml per day in 0.1 ml increments, with frequency from 1x to 24x per day.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it dose liquid food?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. In the ReefBeat App you can set a dosing head to \"Food Head\" and use it to dose liquid foods.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat tubing does it use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe tubing connection is 3 mm ID and 5 mm OD.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"KOIPETCO","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39803263385654,"sku":"7290116399690","price":5920.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0151\/9016\/3510\/products\/red-sea-reef-dose-2-dosing-pump-aquarium-dosing-advanced-programming.jpg?v=1743700471"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefdose-4-dosing-pump","title":"Red Sea ReefDose 4 - Dosing Pump","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRed Sea ReefDose 4 - Dosing Pump\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Red Sea ReefDose 4 - Dosing Pump\u003c\/strong\u003e is a four-head automatic dosing pump for precise, scheduled dosing of aquarium supplements. It is built for modern reef aquarists who want accurate, programmable dosing for a demanding reef tank. Custom-built dosing heads deliver single-drop precision, and ReefBeat App control makes it simple to set up.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Benefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSingle-drop accuracy from custom-built dosing heads with a direct-drive planetary gear-motor, giving a precision of ± 0.05 ml or an average deviation of 0.5% (over 10 ml)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFour easy-set smart dosing options for each head, automatically combined into one coordinated schedule\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClick-on\/click-off dosing heads that need no tools or alignment, so assembly is quick\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic delay between the heads to prevent chemical interaction between supplements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic dose compensation for doses missed due to power loss\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThree dosing flow rates: Whisper at 15 ml\/min for quiet running, Regular at 30 ml\/min, and Turbo at 45 ml\/min\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOn-demand manual dosing when you need to dose outside the schedule\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMotor life expectancy of 10 years, based on 250 ml\/day\/head\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmart Dosing with the Dynamic Dosing Queue\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ReefDose is more than another programmable dosing pump. Its \"Dynamic Dosing Queue\" is run by the controller and combines the dosing plans for every head into one coordinated daily schedule for the whole device. The queue updates automatically after any settings change. It also reschedules doses missed due to unscheduled events such as power outages, maintenance or feeding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReefBeat App Control\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ReefDose is part of the Red Sea smart ecosystem and integrates with other ReefBeat devices. Through the ReefBeat App you can programme multiple automated dosing setups or build individually customised schedules for each head.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRun dosing programmes every day or only on selected days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet daily doses from once per day up to once per hour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic rescheduling after changes to the dosing schedule or number of doses\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDose Queue presents a coordinated list of doses scheduled for all heads\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDose Log keeps a record of supplement volumes per hour for up to 30 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNotifications and alerts for missed doses and more\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eVolume monitor keeps track of when reservoirs need to be refilled\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet a dosing head to \"Food Head\" to dose liquid foods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClick the dosing heads onto the unit. No tools or alignment are required.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConnect your tubing to each head (3 mm ID, 5 mm OD).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eProgramme each head in the ReefBeat App with up to four dosing options. The controller merges them into a single coordinated schedule.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChoose Whisper, Regular or Turbo flow depending on how quiet or quick you want dosing to be.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse on-demand manual dosing for one-off doses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDosage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDaily dose per head: 0.2 ml up to 1000 ml, adjustable in increments of 0.1 ml\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDosing frequency: 1x\/day up to 24x\/day\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDosing flow rates: Whisper 15 ml\/min, Regular 30 ml\/min, Turbo 45 ml\/min\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReef aquarists who want automated, accurate supplement dosing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSetups that dose several supplements and need staggered timing to avoid chemical interaction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAquarists already using ReefBeat devices who want everything in one app\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeepers who want to dose liquid foods automatically using a Food Head\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 22.6 cm (8.9\") L x 10.4 cm (4.1\") H\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDosing heads: 4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDosing precision: ± 0.05 ml (average deviation 0.5% over 10 ml)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDosing range: 1x\/day to 24x\/day, 0.2 ml to 1000 ml per head\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDosing speed: 15 ml\/min to 45 ml\/min\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTubing connection: 3 mm ID, 5 mm OD\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow accurate is the ReefDose 4?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIts precision is ± 0.05 ml, or an average deviation of 0.5% over 10 ml, thanks to the direct-drive planetary gear-motor and single-drop accuracy dosing heads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat happens to my dosing schedule if there is a power cut?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nAutomatic dose compensation covers doses missed due to power loss. The Dynamic Dosing Queue also reschedules missed doses after outages, maintenance or feeding.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat tubing does it use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe tubing connection is 3 mm ID and 5 mm OD.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow fast can it dose?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThere are three flow rates: Whisper at 15 ml\/min, Regular at 30 ml\/min and Turbo at 45 ml\/min.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it dose more than one supplement without them interacting?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt has four dosing heads, and an automatic delay between the heads helps prevent chemical interaction between supplements. The four smart dosing options per head are combined into one coordinated schedule.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I dose liquid food with it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. In the ReefBeat App you can set a dosing head to \"Food Head\" and use it to dose liquid foods.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"KOIPETCO","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39803274657846,"sku":"730773353200","price":8175.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0151\/9016\/3510\/products\/red-sea-reef-dose-4-dosing-pump-advanced-aquarium-functionality.jpg?v=1743700454"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefdose-4-color-tube-kits","title":"Red Sea ReefDose 4 Color Tube Kits","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRed Sea ReefDose 4 Color Tube Kits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea ReefDose 4 Color Tube Kits\u003c\/strong\u003e are dosing pump tubing kits that bring together everything needed to connect a dosing pump. The colour-coded tubes make it easy to tell your supplements apart, so they suit reef keepers who dose more than one product and want a tidy, easy-to-read setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Benefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEverything required to connect a dosing pump comes in one convenient kit, so you don't have to source separate parts.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour-coded tubes let you identify each supplement easily, from the container all the way to the dosing tip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo colour versions, blue\/green and red\/yellow, give 8 unique colours between them. That is enough to identify a full range of supplements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe air-resistant TPE tubing is supplied in four colours, 3 m (9.8 ft) of each.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA tube holder with 4 quick connect tips and three snap-open tube organizers help keep the lines in order.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAquarists setting up or re-plumbing a dosing pump who need a complete set of tubing and fittings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReef keepers dosing several supplements who want each line to be visually distinct.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTubing material: air-resistant TPE, coloured\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal tubing: 12 m (39.4 ft)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTubing colours: 4 colours, 3 m (9.8 ft) each\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTube holder: 1, with 4 quick connect tips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTube organizers: 3 snap-open units\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable Sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable in two colour versions: blue\/green and red\/yellow.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAir-resistant TPE coloured tubes, 12 m (39.4 ft) in total (4 colours, 3 m \/ 9.8 ft each)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTube holder with 4 quick connect tips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSnap-open tube organizer (3 units)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat colours are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe kits come in two colour versions: blue\/green and red\/yellow. Between the two versions there are 8 unique colours for identifying your supplements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much tubing is in each kit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nEach kit contains 12 m (39.4 ft) of air-resistant TPE tubing, made up of four colours at 3 m (9.8 ft) each.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does the kit contain besides the tubing?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYou also get a tube holder with 4 quick connect tips and three snap-open tube organizers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs a dosing pump included?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo. The kit contains the tubing, tube holder with quick connect tips and tube organizers listed above. A dosing pump is not part of the contents.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does colour coding help when dosing several supplements?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nEach supplement can be given its own tube colour, so you can easily identify it from the container to the dosing tip.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich colour version should I choose?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nChoose the version whose colours you prefer. Both contain the same components: four colours of tubing, a tube holder with 4 quick connect tips and three tube organizers.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"KOIPETCO","offers":[{"title":"Blue\/Green","offer_id":39820893552694,"sku":"730773353439","price":880.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true},{"title":"Red\/Yellow","offer_id":39820893585462,"sku":"730773353569","price":880.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0151\/9016\/3510\/products\/red-sea-reefdose-4-color-tube-kits-blue-green-yellow-red-dosing-pump-accessories.jpg?v=1743700368"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefdose-4-color-tubes-blue-green","title":"Red Sea ReefDose 4 Color Tubes Blue Green","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRed Sea ReefDose 4 Color Tubes Blue Green\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea ReefDose 4 Color Tubes Blue Green\u003c\/strong\u003e are colour-coded dosing tubes that make it easy to identify each supplement on its way from the container to the dosing tip. They suit reef keepers who run several supplements and want a tidy, easy-to-read dosing setup.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Benefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour coding lets you trace a full range of supplements from container to dosing tip at a glance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAir-resistant TPE tubing in four colours, in the blue and green version.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFour equal lengths of 3 m (9.8 ft) each, so every supplement line gets its own colour.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePart of a two-version range, which together offer 8 unique colours for identifying a full range of supplements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssign one colour to each supplement you dose.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRun that colour of tubing from the supplement container all the way to its dosing tip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFollow the same colour along the line any time you need to check which supplement is going where.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAquarists who dose several supplements and want each line easy to identify.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone who wants a clearer, more organised dosing setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: air-resistant TPE coloured tubing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColours in this version: blue and green (four colours in total)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLength per colour: 3 m (9.8 ft)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal tubing length: 12 m (39.4 ft)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAlso offered in a red\/yellow colour version\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAir-resistant TPE coloured tubes, 12 m (39.4 ft) in total: 4 colours at 3 m (9.8 ft) each\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much tubing is in the kit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nEach kit contains 12 m (39.4 ft) of air-resistant TPE coloured tubing, made up of 4 colours at 3 m (9.8 ft) each.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat colours does this version come in?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThis is the blue and green version, which includes four colours of tubing. A separate red\/yellow version is also available.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many colours are there across the whole range?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe two versions, blue\/green and red\/yellow, together provide 8 unique colours for identifying a full range of supplements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the tubes used for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThey identify each supplement from the container to the dosing tip, so you can tell your dosing lines apart easily.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat material are the tubes made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThey are made from air-resistant TPE.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the kit include anything besides tubing?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe kit contents are the coloured tubes listed above: 12 m (39.4 ft) in total, 4 colours at 3 m (9.8 ft) each.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"KOIPETCO","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39820896272438,"sku":"R35358","price":355.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0151\/9016\/3510\/products\/red-sea-reef-dose-color-tubes-blue-green-4-pack-tpe-supplement-dosing-hoses.jpg?v=1743700354"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefdose-4-color-tubes-red-yellow","title":"Red Sea ReefDose 4 Color Tubes Red Yellow","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRed Sea ReefDose 4 Color Tubes Red Yellow\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea ReefDose 4 Color Tubes Red Yellow\u003c\/strong\u003e are colour-coded, air-resistant TPE dosing tubes that make it easy to tell your supplements apart from the container all the way to the dosing tip. This red and yellow kit suits reef keepers who run several supplements and want each line clearly identified.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Benefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour-coded tubing lets you identify each supplement line from container to dosing tip.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAir-resistant TPE construction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFour colours in one kit, with 3 m (9.8 ft) of each, so you can assign a colour to each supplement.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePart of a range that offers 8 unique colours across two colour versions, for identifying a full range of supplements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAssign one colour to each supplement and use that colour for the whole run, from the supplement container to the dosing tip. That way you can see at a glance which line carries which product.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAquarists who dose more than one supplement and want clear identification of each line.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone who wants a tidy, easy-to-read dosing setup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit is the red\/yellow colour version. A blue\/green version is also available in the range. Together the two versions give 8 unique colours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: air-resistant TPE\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour version: red and yellow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColours in kit: 4\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLength per colour: 3 m (9.8 ft)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal tubing length: 12 m (39.4 ft)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAir-resistant TPE coloured tubes, 12 m (39.4 ft) in total\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 colours, 3 m (9.8 ft) of each\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much tubing comes in the kit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe kit contains 12 m (39.4 ft) of tubing in total, made up of 4 colours at 3 m (9.8 ft) each.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat are the tubes made from?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThey are made from air-resistant TPE.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the purpose of the different colours?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe colours let you identify a full range of supplements from the container to the dosing tip, so each supplement line is easy to recognise.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs there a different colour option?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. The range comes in two colour versions, blue\/green and red\/yellow. Between them they provide 8 unique colours.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich colours does this kit contain?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThis is the red and yellow version, with 4 colours and 3 m (9.8 ft) of each.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"KOIPETCO","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39820896501814,"sku":"R35359","price":355.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0151\/9016\/3510\/products\/red-sea-reefdose-4-color-tubes-red-yellow-supplements-dosing-tips.jpg?v=1743700351"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefdose-tube-holder","title":"Red Sea ReefDose Tube Holder","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRed Sea ReefDose Tube Holder\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Red Sea ReefDose Tube Holder\u003c\/strong\u003e is a dosing line holder that secures and directs up to four dosing lines, giving reef keepers precise placement in a tank or sump. It suits anyone running a ReefDose doser who wants tidy, accurate dosing lines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Benefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHolds up to four dosing lines in one place, so each line delivers right where you want it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeeps tubing organised and secured instead of loose around the tank or sump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuick-connect tips make connecting your dosing lines fast and easy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuick-connect tips ensure precise dosing, even of the smallest amounts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMount the holder over the rim of your tank or sump.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAttach your doser's dosing lines using the included connection tips.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDirect each line to the exact spot where you want the dose delivered.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAquarists using a ReefDose doser who need to secure and direct their dosing lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTanks and sumps with a rim the holder can mount over\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSetups running up to four dosing lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity: up to four dosing lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting: fits over the rim of a tank or sump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConnection: quick-connect tips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Tube Holder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e4 x Quick-connect tips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many dosing lines can the holder take?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt holds up to four dosing lines, and four quick-connect tips are included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow does it attach to my aquarium or sump?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt mounts over the rim of your tank or sump.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need to buy connection tips separately?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. Four quick-connect tips come with the holder for connecting your dosing lines.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan it help with very small doses?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The quick-connect tips are designed to ensure precise dosing, even of the smallest amounts.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is it designed to work with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is designed for securing and directing the dosing lines of your doser, in a tank or sump.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"KOIPETCO","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":39820899418166,"sku":"7290116399645","price":523.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0151\/9016\/3510\/products\/red-sea-reef-dose-tube-holder-4-tips-dosing-line-accessory.jpg?v=1743700348"},{"product_id":"red-sea-calcium-pro-reef-test-kit","title":"Red Sea Calcium Pro Reef Test Kit","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRed Sea Calcium Pro Reef Test Kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea Calcium Pro Reef Test Kit\u003c\/strong\u003e is an advanced titration test for measuring calcium in a reef aquarium, with a precision of 5 ppm. It suits marine hobbyists who want a reliable calcium reading to guide their reef supplement routine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Benefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTitration-based testing that gives a precise calcium reading for your reef aquarium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExceptionally high accuracy of 5 ppm Ca, so small shifts in calcium are easy to pick up\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLets you dose calcium-related supplements from a measured result instead of guesswork\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned to work within the complete Red Sea Reef Care Program\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReef aquariums where calcium levels need regular monitoring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReef keepers who follow the Red Sea Reef Care Program and want to dose accurately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit supports accurate dosing of Red Sea's Reef Calcium + Foundation A (calcium\/strontium) and Trace Colors supplements. Both are part of the Red Sea Reef Care Program.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTest type: advanced titration test\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eParameter measured: calcium (Ca)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccuracy: 5 ppm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eApplication: reef aquariums\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does this test kit measure?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt measures the level of calcium in a reef aquarium.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow accurate is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt is an advanced titration test with an accuracy of 5 ppm Ca.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich supplements does it help me dose?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt enables accurate dosing of Red Sea's Reef Calcium + Foundation A (calcium\/strontium) and Trace Colors supplements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it part of a wider system?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. It forms part of the complete Red Sea Reef Care Program, alongside the supplements above.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy test calcium before dosing?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nA measured result at 5 ppm precision lets you base each dose on your tank's actual calcium level rather than on estimates.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"KOIPETCO","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44737349386548,"sku":"7290100772041","price":858.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0151\/9016\/3510\/products\/red-sea-calcium-pro-reef-test-kit-75-tests-advanced-titration-5ppm-accuracy.jpg?v=1743696912"},{"product_id":"red-sea-kh-alkalinity-pro-reef-test-kit","title":"Red Sea KH Alkalinity Pro Reef Test Kit","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRed Sea KH Alkalinity Pro Reef Test Kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea KH Alkalinity Pro Reef Test Kit\u003c\/strong\u003e is a reef aquarium test kit for measuring the level of buffers (alkalinity) in your tank with high accuracy. It is aimed at reef keepers who want precise KH readings rather than a rough estimate, and who dose a buffer supplement as part of a structured care routine.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Benefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdvanced titration test that measures the buffer level in a reef aquarium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eExceptionally high accuracy of 0.05 meq\/l (0.14 dKH)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGives you the readings you need to dose Red Sea Reef Foundation B accurately\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFits into the complete Red Sea Reef Care Program\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReef aquariums where buffer levels are monitored and managed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReef keepers who want a more precise titration test instead of a basic check\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit is designed to support accurate dosing of Red Sea Reef Foundation B, the buffer supplement in the Red Sea Reef Care Program. Testing KH regularly shows how much buffer your reef is using, so you can adjust your dosing accordingly.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTest type: titration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMeasures: buffers (KH \/ alkalinity) in reef aquariums\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccuracy: 0.05 meq\/l (0.14 dKH)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Red Sea KH Alkalinity Pro Reef Test Kit\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does this test kit measure?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt measures the level of buffers (KH \/ alkalinity) in a reef aquarium.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow accurate is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt is an advanced titration test with an accuracy of 0.05 meq\/l, which equals 0.14 dKH.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich supplement does it help me dose?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt supports accurate dosing of Red Sea Reef Foundation B, the buffer supplement in the Red Sea Reef Care Program.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat type of test is it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt is a titration test, a method known for precise readings compared with simpler tests.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it meant for reef tanks?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. It is described as a reef test kit for measuring buffer levels in reef aquariums.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"KOIPETCO","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":44737404174644,"sku":"7290100772058","price":837.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0151\/9016\/3510\/products\/red-sea-kh-alkalinity-pro-reef-test-kit-advanced-titration-accuracy-buffers-aquarium-75-tests.jpg?v=1743696897"},{"product_id":"red-sea-phosphate-pro-po4-test-kit","title":"Red Sea Phosphate Pro (PO4) Test Kit","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRed Sea Phosphate Pro (PO4) Test Kit\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea Phosphate Pro (PO4) Test Kit\u003c\/strong\u003e is a colorimetric phosphate test kit for measuring phosphate levels in aquarium water. It is made for reef keepers who want to support coral growth and help prevent algae outbreaks by keeping phosphate under control.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Measure Phosphate\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePhosphate that creeps up in a reef tank works against you in two ways. High levels slow coral growth by interfering with skeletal growth, and they also feed algae. Keeping phosphate ultra-low supports faster coral growth and helps keep algae outbreaks from taking hold. You can only manage what you can measure, which is where a reliable phosphate test comes in.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Benefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGives an accurate phosphate reading so you can see problems before algae takes over\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps you keep phosphate ultra-low to support coral growth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy-to-use colorimetric comparator, so you read the result by matching colour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccuracy of ±0.02 ppm across a 0-5 ppm range\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAffordable reagent refills are available, so the comparator can keep being used after the first 100 tests\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccurate phosphate and nitrate readings allow proper dosing and control of algae nutrient levels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCoral reef aquarium keepers who want to track phosphate as part of their regular water testing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReefers working to prevent algae outbreaks and support steady coral growth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone dosing or adjusting algae nutrient levels who needs reliable readings to guide them\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis kit tests for phosphate (PO4) in aquarium water. It belongs to a wider algae management range of test kits that also covers nitrate. Phosphate and nitrate are both algae nutrients, so testing them together gives a fuller picture of what is feeding algae in your system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eParameter tested: phosphate (PO4)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of tests: 100\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccuracy: ±0.02 ppm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRange: 0-5 ppm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTest type: colour comparator\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePhosphate test kit with 100 tests\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy-to-use colorimetric comparator\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many tests do I get?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe kit provides 100 phosphate tests.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat range does it measure?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt reads from 0 to 5 ppm phosphate, with an accuracy of ±0.02 ppm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I read the result?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe kit uses a colour comparator. You match the colour of your tested sample against the comparator to read the phosphate level.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy does phosphate matter in a reef tank?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nHigh phosphate slows coral growth by preventing skeletal growth, and it feeds algae. Keeping phosphate ultra-low supports coral growth and helps prevent algae outbreaks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I refill the kit once the tests run out?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. Affordable reagent refills are available for this kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes this kit also test nitrate?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo, this kit measures phosphate only. Nitrate is covered by a separate test kit in the same algae management range.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"KOIPETCO","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46110054220084,"sku":"15644","price":1191.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":false}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0151\/9016\/3510\/products\/red-sea-phosphate-pro-test-kit-100-tests-reef-aquarium-PO4-test.jpg?v=1743696068"},{"product_id":"red-sea-dipx-coral-bath-250ml","title":"Red Sea DipX Coral Bath 250ml","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRed Sea DipX Coral Bath 250ml\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea DipX Coral Bath 250ml\u003c\/strong\u003e is a coral dip for reef keepers who want to introduce new corals and live rock to their aquarium without bringing unwanted hitchhikers along. A simple 15-minute bath before the coral goes into your tank helps drive those pests away and protects the rest of your reef.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy Dip New Corals?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eNew corals often arrive with tiny hitchhikers tucked deep inside their crevices. They are usually invisible to the naked eye, and once they are in your aquarium they can migrate to other corals and damage your delicate reef ecosystem. There is no viable way to remove specific opportunistic dwellers from an established reef. Not every hitchhiker is necessarily harmful, but some quickly become unwelcome guests. Preventing them from getting in at all is the \"better safe than sorry\" approach.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf hitchhikers are already in the system, the affected corals and rocks have to be removed and dealt with one at a time. That is far more work than a quick dip at the start.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Benefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSafe for all kinds of corals: SPS, LPS and soft corals, zoanthids, mushroom anemones (Discosoma and Ricordea) and live rock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEffectively drives away Acropora-eating flatworm, Montipora-eating nudibranch, Acropora red bug and other coral hitchhikers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSlows down RTN and STN (external bath only).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFree of inorganic elements such as potassium iodide or bromide.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy to use, reliable and cost-effective: one bath mix can be used for up to four batches of corals or rocks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA blend of essential oils, formulated without inorganic disinfectants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow It Was Developed\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReef hobbyists have long used generic bath solutions such as fresh water, iodine and even household disinfectants. All of these repel some hitchhikers, but not all of them. The manufacturer spent several years cultivating tanks with infested corals. They compared a wide range of commercially available dips and other repelling ingredients, looking at both effectiveness and overall safety for the corals. The result is DipX.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAccording to the manufacturer's tests, DipX is completely safe for all kinds of corals and more effective than any other solution they tested. Corals bathed in DipX still repelled hitchhikers even though they had previously been dipped in other solutions. Corals dipped in other solutions after a DipX bath did not repel anything.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCheck that the container is both clean and dry, then pour the DipX into it while it is empty.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDilute with aquarium water at 1:100 to make the bath mix (see Dosage below).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace your new coral or live rock in the container for no more than 15 minutes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe bath solution can be reused for up to four batches of corals or rocks, but it should be discarded within 2 hours of preparation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDosage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse 10 ml of DipX (diluted 1:100 with aquarium water) to prepare 1 L \/ 0.26 gallons of bath mix.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum bath time: 15 minutes per coral or rock.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum reuse: four batches, within 2 hours of preparing the solution.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHusbandry Tip\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eCareful inspection of your corals should be part of your regular reef routine, so that any soft tissue damage or discoloration is spotted and investigated as soon as possible. Early detection of hitchhikers is the most effective way to prevent an uncontrolled outbreak that could harm the entire reef.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSPS, LPS and soft corals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eZoanthids\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMushroom anemones (Discosoma and Ricordea)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLive rock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReef aquariums receiving new coral frags, colonies or rock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFormulation: blend of essential oils\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFree of inorganic elements such as potassium iodide or bromide\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDilution: 10 ml per 1 L \/ 0.26 gallons of bath mix (1:100 with aquarium water)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum contact time: 15 minutes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBath reuse: up to four batches, discarded within 2 hours of preparation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTargets: Acropora-eating flatworm, Montipora-eating nudibranch, Acropora red bug and other hitchhikers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea DipX Coral Bath, 250 ml (8.5 fl oz)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much DipX do I need to make a bath?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nUse 10 ml of DipX, diluted 1:100 with aquarium water, to prepare 1 L (0.26 gallons) of bath mix.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long should I leave a coral in the bath?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nLeave it in for no more than 15 minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I reuse the bath solution for several corals?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. One bath mix can be used for up to four batches of corals or rocks, but it should be discarded within 2 hours of preparation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs DipX safe for all my corals?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt is safe for SPS, LPS and soft corals, zoanthids, mushroom anemones (Discosoma and Ricordea) and live rock.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich pests does DipX target?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt drives away Acropora-eating flatworm, Montipora-eating nudibranch, Acropora red bug and other coral hitchhikers.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use DipX after another dip?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nAccording to the manufacturer's tests, corals that had previously been dipped in other solutions still repelled hitchhikers when bathed in DipX. Corals dipped in other solutions after a DipX bath did not repel anything.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"KOIPETCO","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46638406336820,"sku":"7290116399553","price":405.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0151\/9016\/3510\/products\/red-sea-dipx-coral-bath-250ml-safe-introduction-corals-aquarium-hitchhikers.jpg?v=1743695835"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reef-foundation-abc-plus-skeletal-elements-1kg","title":"Red Sea Reef Foundation ABC+ Skeletal Elements 1kg","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRed Sea Reef Foundation ABC+ Skeletal Elements 1kg\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea Reef Foundation ABC+ Skeletal Elements\u003c\/strong\u003e is a powder reef supplement that replenishes the essential elements corals draw from your marine aquarium. It dissolves into one daily or weekly routine, so reefkeepers dosing against a measured calcium uptake no longer need to manage several separate additives. It is supplied as a 1 kg pack.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat It Is\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThis is a uniquely formulated powder that combines all the elements of Foundation A, B and C with Reef Colors A and B (potassium, boron, iodine and bromine). The elements are blended in the same ratio found in the coral skeleton. Coral species differ slightly, but the mean ratio between these elements stays fairly constant. Dosing them in a fixed ratio, tied to calcium uptake, replenishes the aquarium according to the metabolic demands of your corals.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Benefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGives accurate metabolic support for corals, based on their calcium uptake\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCombines Foundation A, B and C plus Reef Colors A and B in a single powder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFormulated in the exact ratio found in the coral skeleton\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSimplifies daily dosing of far more than just the foundation elements\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan be dosed daily or weekly to suit your aquarium type\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDose daily or weekly, according to your aquarium type and a measured uptake of calcium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdd the powder directly to the sump. Do not dissolve it in top-up water.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNever add more than 60g at one time to any system, irrespective of size.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf a larger dose is needed, add it in spoonfuls with 10-minute intervals between them. This lets the powder dissolve without causing precipitation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDo not use it to make periodic adjustments to the calcium level.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDosage\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e1g per 100 litres will give a Ca of 1.5ppm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTesting and Balancing\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eOver time an imbalance may develop between the foundation elements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf dosing daily, test all of the foundation elements weekly and adjust with the individual A, B and C supplements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf dosing weekly, test all of the foundation elements monthly and adjust with the individual A, B and C supplements.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOnly supplement the elements in Reef Colors A and B (potassium, boron, iodine and bromine) according to a measured uptake of iodine and potassium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarine reef aquariums with corals that consume calcium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReefkeepers who measure calcium uptake and want to dose to it\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAquariums of up to about 300 litres (79 gal)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eForm: powder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContains: calcium, strontium, barium, bicarbonates, magnesium, potassium, boron, iodine and bromine\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eElements formulated according to the exact ratio found in the coral skeleton\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecommended for aquariums of up to about 300 litres (79 gal)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDosing frequency: daily or weekly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum single addition: 60g\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 kg (2.2 lb) of powder supplement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I dissolve the powder in my top-up water?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo. Add it directly to the sump rather than dissolving it in top-up water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow often should I dose it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nDose daily or weekly, depending on your aquarium type and a measured uptake of calcium. At 1g per 100 litres, the dose will give a Ca of 1.5ppm.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the most I can add at once?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNever add more than 60g at one time, whatever the system size. For larger doses, add it by the spoon with 10-minute intervals in between so the powder can dissolve without precipitation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use it to correct my calcium level?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo. It should not be used for periodic adjustments to the calcium level. It is designed to replenish elements in step with calcium uptake.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I still need the individual A, B and C supplements?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nPossibly, for fine-tuning. An imbalance between the foundation elements can develop over time. Test weekly if you dose daily, or monthly if you dose weekly, and adjust with the individual A, B and C supplements.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size aquarium is it recommended for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt is recommended for aquariums of up to about 300 litres (79 gal).\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"KOIPETCO","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":46638567948596,"sku":"7290100772140","price":782.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0151\/9016\/3510\/products\/red-sea-reef-foundation-abc-skeletal-elements-1kg-powder-supplement-for-coral-growth.jpg?v=1743695832"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefled-50-marine-light","title":"Red Sea ReefLED 50 Marine Light","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRed Sea ReefLED 50 Marine Light\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea ReefLED 50 Marine Light\u003c\/strong\u003e is a 50-watt WiFi-enabled LED light that provides reef-spec lighting for coral growth and coloration in marine aquariums. It suits reef keepers who want app-controlled scheduling, dual-channel colour control and moonlighting in a compact fixture.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Benefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReef-spec light output designed for optimal coral growth while producing great coloration with a pleasant shimmer effect. It is the result of several years of LED testing and research by the manufacturer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerfectly blended light with a slight shimmer. A specialised lens gives a homogenous light mixture that blends nicely in the aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA recessed LED cluster eliminates glare from normal viewing angles and focuses the light into the tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDual-channel control lets you tailor the lighting to your viewing preferences while keeping the overall spectrum acceptable to corals and other animals that depend on it for their energy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilt-in moonlights for night-time viewing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilt-in WiFi connects the light directly to your smart device, so you can set the daily schedule, colour, intensity and other features.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReef safe design with a maximum light spread of 51 cm x 51 cm (20\" x 20\").\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReefBeat App Control\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe light is controlled through the ReefBeat smart aquarium app, which brings all your Red Sea equipment into a single interface. ReefBeat is available for Android and iOS devices. Connect directly to the light to program your daily schedule, scroll through the included library of tested schedules, or create your own custom schedule in a few minutes. Once connected, further features unlock:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e28-day lunar cycle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCloud cover and shading effects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStaggered sunrise and sunset times that are easy to program\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAcclimation mode\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeekly schedules\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePeace-of-mind features for day-to-day running\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConnect the light to the supplied power supply and plug it into a power outlet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConnect to the light through the ReefBeat app on your Android or iOS device for initial programming.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eChoose a schedule from the programming library or build your own, then adjust colour, intensity and extras such as the lunar cycle or cloud effects.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eImportant: the light needs a connection to the ReefBeat app for initial programming. Without programming, it turns on at 100% as soon as it is plugged into a power outlet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarine and reef aquariums with corals and other animals that rely on light for their energy.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAquarists who want smart, app-based control of their lighting schedule.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReefBeat app for Android and iOS devices.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrates into the ReefBeat interface alongside other Red Sea equipment.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Options\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReefLED 50 arms mount on the rear wall of the tank and let you rotate the light to an upward position for easy aquascaping or maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThree arm models are available to fit tank widths from 46 cm (18\") up to 70 cm (27.5\").\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 11.9 cm L x 11.9 cm W x 5.1 cm H (4.7\" x 4.7\" x 2\")\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower consumption: 50W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal LED power: 50 Watts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReef Spec Blue: 40 Watts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8000K White: 10 Watts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMoon lights: 3 Watts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum spread: 51 cm x 51 cm (20\" x 20\")\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eControl: built-in WiFi via the ReefBeat app (Android or iOS)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x ReefLED 50 LED light module\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x ReefLED power supply\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need the app to set up the ReefLED 50?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. The light requires a connection to the ReefBeat app for initial programming. If it is plugged in without being programmed, it turns on at 100%.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich devices work with ReefBeat?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nReefBeat is available for Android and iOS devices. The light's built-in WiFi connects directly to your smart device.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it have moonlighting?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. It has 3 watts of moon lights, and the ReefBeat app also unlocks a 28-day lunar cycle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow is the 50 W output split between colours?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe light has 40 watts of Reef Spec Blue and 10 watts of 8000K white, plus 3 watts of moon lights. Dual-channel control lets you adjust the look to your viewing preference.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I mount it, and which tank widths are covered?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nReefLED 50 arms mount on the rear wall of the tank and let you rotate the light upwards for maintenance. Three arm models fit tank widths from 46 cm (18\") to 70 cm (27.5\").\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much area does one light cover?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe maximum spread is 51 cm x 51 cm (20\" x 20\").\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"PRE ORDER","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47446446965044,"sku":"16163","price":6525.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0151\/9016\/3510\/products\/red-sea-reefled-50-marine-light-optimal-coral-growth-coloration_1.jpg?v=1743694179"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefled-90-marine-light","title":"Red Sea ReefLED 90 Marine Light","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRed Sea ReefLED 90 Marine Light\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea ReefLED 90 Marine Light\u003c\/strong\u003e is a reef-spec aquarium light that provides the light output corals need for growth and coloration in marine aquariums. It suits reef keepers who want a smart, app-controlled LED with a pleasant shimmer effect and easy programming over WiFi.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eRed Sea spent years testing and researching LED lighting, and the ReefLED 90 is the result. It is designed for optimal coral growth while producing great coloration. Built-in WiFi lets you connect the light directly to your smart device through the ReefBeat smart aquarium app. From there you can set the daily schedule, colour, intensity and other features.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Benefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReef-spec light output for optimal coral growth and coloration\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerfectly blended light with a slight shimmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReef safe, with a spectrum that stays acceptable to corals and other animals that depend on light for their energy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDual channel control with moonlighting, so you can tailor the look of the tank to your viewing preferences\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA recessed LED cluster that eliminates glare from normal viewing angles and focuses the light into the tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA specialised lens that gives a homogeneous light mixture, so the colours blend nicely in your aquarium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy control through the ReefBeat app\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum spread of 24\" x 24\" (61 x 61 cm)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLight Output\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal LED power: 90 watts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReef Spec Blue: 80 watts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8000K White: 10 watts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMoon lights: 3 watts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDownload the ReefBeat app (Android or iOS) and connect directly to the light over its built-in WiFi. In the app you can program a daily schedule, browse the included library of tested schedules, or create your own custom schedule in a few minutes. Once connected, further features unlock:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e28-day lunar cycle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCloud cover and shading effects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStaggered sunrise and sunset times that are easy to program\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAcclimation mode\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeekly schedules\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImportant:\u003c\/strong\u003e the light needs a connection to the ReefBeat app for its initial programming. Without programming, it turns on at 100% as soon as it is plugged into a power outlet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Options\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReefLED 90 Arms: these mount on the rear wall of the tank. They let you rotate the light to an upward position for easy aquascaping or maintenance. Three models are available to fit tank widths from 18\" (46 cm) up to 27.5\" (70 cm).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReefLED Pendants: ideal for longer tanks that need multiple ReefLED lights, in black or white. Each light module sits within the frame, allowing precise positioning up to 72\" (183 cm).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMarine and reef aquariums with corals\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReef keepers who want a single smart interface for their lighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLonger tanks needing several lights, when combined with the pendant option\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe light is controlled through ReefBeat, available for Android and iOS devices. ReefBeat brings all your Red Sea equipment into a single interface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 13.5 cm L x 15.5 cm W x 5.6 cm H (5.3\" L x 6.1\" W x 2.2\" H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower consumption: 90 W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum spread: 61 x 61 cm (24\" x 24\")\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal power: 90 W, made up of 80 W blue, 10 W 8000K white and 3 W moon lights\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eControl: dual channel, via app over built-in WiFi\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x ReefLED 90 light module\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x ReefLED power supply\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need the app to set up the ReefLED 90?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. The light requires a connection to the ReefBeat app for initial programming. Without programming, it turns on at 100% when plugged into a power outlet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it work with Android and iOS?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. ReefBeat is available for both Android and iOS devices, and the light's built-in WiFi connects directly to your device.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much area does one light cover?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe maximum spread is 24\" x 24\" (61 x 61 cm). Longer tanks can use multiple ReefLED lights on pendants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow can I mount it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nChoose ReefLED 90 Arms, which mount on the rear wall of the tank and fit widths from 18\" (46 cm) to 27.5\" (70 cm). Alternatively, use ReefLED Pendants in black or white, with positioning up to 72\" (183 cm).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat lighting effects can I program?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYou can set a 28-day lunar cycle, cloud cover effects, staggered sunrise and sunset times, an acclimation mode and weekly schedules. A library of tested schedules is also included in the app.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the light create glare when I look at the tank?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe recessed LED cluster is designed to eliminate glare from normal viewing angles. A specialised lens blends the light evenly into the tank.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"PRE ORDER","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47446464233780,"sku":"16164","price":9780.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0151\/9016\/3510\/products\/red-sea-reefled-90-marine-light-optimal-coral-growth-coloration_1.jpg?v=1743694170"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefled-160s-marine-light","title":"Red Sea ReefLED 160s Marine Light","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRed Sea ReefLED 160s Marine Light\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea ReefLED 160s Marine Light\u003c\/strong\u003e is a WiFi-enabled LED reef light that provides lighting for coral growth and coloration in larger reef tanks. It suits reef keepers who want a deeper, wider light spread and app-based control through ReefBeat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReef-Spec Light Output\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ReefLED 160s is the result of several years of LED lighting testing and research by Red Sea. It has the power to light deeper and wider tanks, and a stadium-shaped lens shapes the light spread in each direction. The light is designed for strong coral growth while producing good coloration with a pleasant shimmer effect.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Benefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOptimal output for coral colour and growth\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePerfectly blended light with a slight shimmer\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnti-glare recessed lens\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReef safe\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDual channel control with moonlighting\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilt-in WiFi, so you can connect the light directly to your smart device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy control through the ReefBeat app\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum light spread of 81 cm x 81 cm (32\" x 32\")\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow the Lighting Works\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ReefLED range uses a recessed LED cluster that removes glare from normal viewing angles and focuses the light into the tank. A specialised lens gives a homogenous light mixture that blends nicely in your aquarium. The Dual Channel settings let you tailor the lighting to your own viewing preferences while keeping the overall spectrum acceptable to corals and other animals that depend on light for their energy.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConnect the light to your Android or iOS device through the built-in WiFi using the ReefBeat app.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet the daily schedule, colour, intensity and other features directly from the app.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eScroll through the included programming library of tested schedules, or create your own custom schedule in a few minutes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOnce connected, you can unlock extra features such as a 28-day lunar cycle, cloud cover effects and staggered sunrise and sunset times.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReefBeat lets you bring all of your Red Sea equipment into a single interface.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eImportant Note\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReefLED lights need a connection to the ReefBeat app for initial programming. Without programming, the light turns on at 100% when plugged into a power outlet.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eReefBeat Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLunar cycles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAcclimation mode\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeekly schedules\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStaggered sunrise\/sunset\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCloud and shading effects\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLarger reef tanks, including deeper and wider setups\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCorals and other animals that depend on light for their energy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReef keepers who want to control their lighting from a smart device\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eMounting Options\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefLED 160s Arms:\u003c\/strong\u003e These mount on the rear wall of the tank, on glass up to 1.9 cm (3\/4\") thick. They let you rotate the light to an upward position for easy aquascaping or maintenance. The arm adjusts to suit tank widths of 57 cm to 81 cm (22.5\" to 32\").\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefLED Pendants:\u003c\/strong\u003e These suit longer tanks that need multiple ReefLED lights, and come in black or white. Each LED light module sits within the frame, which allows positioning up to 183 cm (72\").\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 17.5 cm L x 15.5 cm W x 6.4 cm H (6.9\" x 6.1\" x 2.5\")\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower consumption: 160W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal LED power: 160 Watts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReef Spec Blue: 140 Watts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e8000K White: 20 Watts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMoon Lights: 3 Watts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum spread: 81 cm x 81 cm (32\" x 32\")\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eControl: built-in WiFi, via the ReefBeat app on Android or iOS\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x ReefLED 160 LED Light Module\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x ReefLED Power Supply\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need the ReefBeat app to use this light?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. ReefLED lights need a connection to the ReefBeat app for initial programming. The app is available for Android and iOS.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat happens if I plug it in without programming it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nWithout programming, the light turns on at 100% when plugged into a power outlet. Programme it through ReefBeat before you rely on it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the maximum light spread?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe maximum spread is 81 cm x 81 cm (32\" x 32\"). The stadium-shaped lens shapes the light in each direction to suit deeper and wider tanks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it have moonlighting?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. The light has dual channel control with moonlighting, and its 3 Watt moon lights work alongside the 28-day lunar cycle in ReefBeat.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow can I mount the ReefLED 160s?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThere are two mounting options. The ReefLED 160s Arms mount on the rear wall of tanks up to 57 cm to 81 cm (22.5\" to 32\") wide, on glass up to 1.9 cm (3\/4\") thick. Pendants suit longer tanks that use multiple lights. The included items are the light module and power supply.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I set my own lighting schedule?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. You can pick a tested schedule from the programming library or build a custom one in the app. Staggered sunrise and sunset times, cloud cover effects and weekly schedules are also available.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"PRE ORDER","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47446467969332,"sku":"16165","price":17075.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0151\/9016\/3510\/products\/red-sea-reefled-160s-marine-light-smart-safe-efficient-coral-growth-coloration.jpg?v=1743694134"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefled-50-universal-mounting-arm","title":"Red Sea ReefLED 50 Universal Mounting Arm","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRed Sea ReefLED 50 Universal Mounting Arm\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Red Sea ReefLED 50 Universal Mounting Arm\u003c\/strong\u003e is a tank-mounted bracket that supports the ReefLED 50 light over nano-sized aquariums. It suits tanks measuring 35.6 cm to 50.8 cm (14\" to 20\") front to back, and is a practical choice for reef keepers who want the light held neatly above the tank without it getting in the way.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Benefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned specifically to carry the ReefLED 50 on nano-sized aquariums that need a tank-mounted bracket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRotates from side to side, so you can push the light out of the way for aquascaping or maintenance inside the aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePositions the light on aquariums from 35.6 cm to 50.8 cm (14\" to 20\") front to back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuick to assemble, and can be completely removed and reinstalled in a matter of minutes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFit the arm to the aquarium using the tank mounting bracket, with the ReefLED 50 held on the hinged light mounting bracket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhen you need clear access to the tank, rotate the arm to the side and move the light out of the way.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe whole assembly can be taken off and refitted in minutes if you need to remove it completely.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNano-sized aquariums with a front-to-back measurement of 35.6 cm to 50.8 cm (14\" to 20\").\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTanks with glass thickness between 7.9 mm and 15.9 mm (5\/16\" to 5\/8\").\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eMade to support the ReefLED 50 light.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal tank width: 35.6 cm to 50.8 cm (14\" to 20\")\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGlass thickness: 7.9 mm to 15.9 mm (5\/16\" to 5\/8\")\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLED mounting height: up to approx. 27.9 cm (11\")\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x Mounting Arm Assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x Hinged Light Mounting Bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x Tank Mounting Bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich light does this mounting arm support?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt is designed to support the ReefLED 50 on nano-sized aquariums.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat tank size does it suit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt positions the light on aquariums measuring 35.6 cm to 50.8 cm (14\" to 20\") front to back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat glass thickness can it clamp onto?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe specified glass thickness range is 7.9 mm to 15.9 mm (5\/16\" to 5\/8\"). Check your tank glass before ordering.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I move the light when I need to work in the tank?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. The arm rotates from side to side, so you can push the light aside for aquascaping or maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it difficult to remove or reinstall?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo. Assembly is quick, and the whole arm can be removed and reinstalled in a matter of minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow high does the light sit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe LED mounting height is up to approx. 27.9 cm (11\").\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"PRE ORDER","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47446496248116,"sku":"16166","price":1422.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0151\/9016\/3510\/products\/red-sea-reefled-50-universal-mounting-arm-aquarium-light-bracket-support.jpg?v=1743694123"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefled-90-universal-mounting-arm","title":"Red Sea ReefLED 90 Universal Mounting Arm","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRed Sea ReefLED 90 Universal Mounting Arm\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Red Sea ReefLED 90 Universal Mounting Arm\u003c\/strong\u003e is a tank-mounted aquarium light bracket for aquariums that need a way to hold their lighting in position. It suits tanks measuring 46.4 cm to 69.9 cm (18.25\" to 27.5\") front to back, and it keeps the top of the tank accessible for feeding and maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Benefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports your aquarium light from the tank itself, with no separate stand needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAttaches to the back wall of the aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLifts quickly to an upright position, giving you clear access to the top of the tank for feeding or maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePositions the light across aquariums from 46.4 cm to 69.9 cm (18.25\" to 27.5\") front to back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuick to assemble, and can be removed from the aquarium and reinstalled in a matter of minutes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFit the arm to the back wall of your aquarium and attach your light to the light mounting bracket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhen you need to feed your fish or work in the tank, lift the arm to its upright position.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you need to move or rearrange the setup, the whole arm can be taken off the aquarium and reinstalled in minutes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAquariums that need a tank-mounted bracket to support their light.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAquarium keepers who want easy top access for feeding and routine maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAquariums measuring 46.4 cm to 69.9 cm (18.25\" to 27.5\") front to back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAquarium glass up to 1.9 cm (3\/4\") thick.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAquarium width range: 46.4 cm to 69.9 cm (18.25\" to 27.5\")\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum glass thickness: 1.9 cm (3\/4\")\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Vertical Mounting Arm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Horizontal Mounting Arm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Hinged Bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Tank Mounting Bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Light Mounting Bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease note: the light is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size aquarium does this mounting arm fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt is designed for aquariums that measure 46.4 cm to 69.9 cm (18.25\" to 27.5\") front to back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the maximum glass thickness it can be used with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe maximum glass thickness is 1.9 cm (3\/4\").\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the arm come with a light?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo. The pack contains the mounting hardware only, and the light is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I get to the top of the tank for feeding?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe arm can be lifted quickly to an upright position, which clears the top of the aquarium for feeding or maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere does the arm attach to the aquarium?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt attaches to the back wall of the aquarium using the tank mounting bracket.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I remove it and refit it later?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. The arm can be completely removed from the aquarium and reinstalled in a matter of minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"PRE ORDER","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47446501523764,"sku":"16167","price":2070.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0151\/9016\/3510\/products\/red-sea-reefled-90-universal-mounting-arm-tank-bracket-aquarium-light-support.jpg?v=1743694117"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefled-160s-universal-mounting-arm","title":"Red Sea ReefLED 160s Universal Mounting Arm","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRed Sea ReefLED 160s Universal Mounting Arm\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea ReefLED 160s Universal Mounting Arm\u003c\/strong\u003e is a tank-mounted light bracket that holds a ReefLED 160s securely over aquariums with a front-to-back width of 57.2 cm (22.5\") to 81.3 cm (32\"). It suits aquariums that need a bracket to support their light, and it keeps the top of the tank easy to reach for feeding and maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Benefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAttaches securely to the back wall of your aquarium to support the light.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLifts quickly to an upright position, giving easy access to the top of the tank for feeding or maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePositions the light over aquariums from 57.2 cm (22.5\") up to 81.3 cm (32\") front to back.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuick to assemble, and can be completely removed and reinstalled in a matter of minutes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA universal tank-mounted solution for aquariums that need a bracket to carry their light.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFix the arm to the back wall of the aquarium using the tank mounting bracket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLower the arm so the light sits in position over the tank.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhen you need to feed fish or work in the tank, lift the arm to its upright position to clear the top of the aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you need the arm off the tank entirely, it can be removed and reinstalled in a matter of minutes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAquariums with a front-to-back width of 57.2 cm (22.5\") to 81.3 cm (32\").\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAquariums with glass up to 1.9 cm (3\/4\") thick.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAquarists who want to mount a ReefLED 160s on the tank without losing top access for feeding or maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAquarium width range: 57.2 cm (22.5\") to 81.3 cm (32\")\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum glass thickness: 1.9 cm (3\/4\")\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Vertical Mounting Arm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Horizontal Mounting Arm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Hinged Bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Tank Mounting Bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Light Mounting Bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat size of aquarium does this mounting arm fit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt is designed for aquariums with a width range of 57.2 cm (22.5\") to 81.3 cm (32\") front to back.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow thick can the aquarium glass be?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe maximum glass thickness is 1.9 cm (3\/4\").\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere does the arm attach to the tank?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt attaches to the back wall of the aquarium through the tank mounting bracket.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I still reach the water for feeding and maintenance?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. The arm can be lifted quickly to an upright position, which gives you easy access to the top of the aquarium.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does it take to install or remove?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nAssembly is quick, and the arm can be completely removed and reinstalled in a matter of minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich light is this arm made for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt is the universal mounting arm for the Red Sea ReefLED 160s, and it holds the light through the included light mounting bracket.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"PRE ORDER","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47446511714612,"sku":"16168","price":2070.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0151\/9016\/3510\/products\/red-sea-reefled-160s-universal-mounting-arm-tank-bracket-light-support-aquarium.jpg?v=1743694100"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefled-tank-mounting-arms","title":"Red Sea ReefLED Tank Mounting Arms","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRed Sea ReefLED Tank Mounting Arms\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea ReefLED Tank Mounting Arms\u003c\/strong\u003e are tank-mounted brackets that hold your aquarium lighting securely in place while keeping the top of the tank easy to reach. They suit reef and marine aquarists who want a tank-mounted way to support their light and still be able to feed or do maintenance without fuss.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Benefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupports your aquarium light from the tank itself, so no overhead hanging or ceiling fixing is needed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAttaches securely to the back wall of the aquarium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe arm can be lifted quickly to an upright position, giving easy access to the top of the tank for feeding or maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuick to assemble\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCan be removed completely and reinstalled in a matter of minutes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAttach the mounting arm to the back wall of the aquarium using the tank mounting bracket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFit your light to the arm using the light mounting bracket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhen you need to feed your fish or work in the tank, lift the arm to its upright position to clear the top of the aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLower the arm back down when you are finished. If you need to, the whole assembly can be taken off and reinstalled in a matter of minutes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAquariums that need a tank-mounted bracket to support their light\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAquarists who want easy access to the top of the tank for feeding or maintenance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable Sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe mounting arms are offered in several sizes to suit different aquariums. Select the option that matches your tank from the available variants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Vertical Mounting Arm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Horizontal Mounting Arm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Hinged Bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Tank Mounting Bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Light Mounting Bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do the mounting arms attach to the aquarium?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThey attach to the back wall of the aquarium through the tank mounting bracket, so the light is supported from the tank itself.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I still reach the water to feed my fish?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. The arm lifts quickly to an upright position, which gives easy access to the top of the aquarium for feeding or maintenance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan the arms be removed once installed?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. The arms can be completely removed and reinstalled in a matter of minutes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many parts come in the pack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nFive parts: one vertical mounting arm, one horizontal mounting arm, one hinged bracket, one tank mounting bracket and one light mounting bracket.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I choose the right size?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe arms are made for aquariums that need a tank-mounted bracket to support their light, and they come in several sizes. Choose the variant that matches your aquarium.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"PRE ORDER","offers":[{"title":"46-54cm Tanks","offer_id":47446514565428,"sku":"16170","price":1895.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true},{"title":"54-62cm Tanks","offer_id":47446514598196,"sku":"16171","price":1895.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0151\/9016\/3510\/products\/red-sea-reefled-tank-mounting-arms-adjustable-light-bracket-for-aquarium.jpg?v=1743694094"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefled-suspension-kits","title":"Red Sea ReefLED Suspension Kits","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRed Sea ReefLED Suspension Kits\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea ReefLED Suspension Kits\u003c\/strong\u003e are adjustable wire hanging kits that let you suspend a ReefLED aquarium light above your tank instead of mounting it directly to the aquarium or stand. They suit reef keepers who want a cleaner, more flexible lighting set-up and a greater hanging height above the water.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Benefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuspends your ReefLED light above the aquarium on an adjustable wire system, so the light does not have to sit on the tank or stand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eGives a greater range of hanging height above the aquarium than a direct mount.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuick-lock adjustment makes it easy to set the light where you want it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIncludes the hardware needed to mount from the ceiling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuits tanks where you prefer not to fix lighting to the aquarium or its stand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe kit converts your ReefLED light to a wire suspension system. The light can then hang above your aquarium from the ceiling, or from wall brackets if you prefer. The quick-lock adjustment lets you set the hanging height, and change it later if your set-up changes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAquarists who want to hang ReefLED lighting above the tank rather than mount it to the aquarium or stand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet-ups that need more hanging height than a direct mount allows.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCeiling-mounted installations, using the supplied ceiling hardware.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for use with ReefLED lights. The light itself is not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuspension wire length: approximately 1.2 m (4 ft)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAdjustment: quick-lock\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting: from the ceiling, or from wall brackets\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCeiling mounting hardware: included\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x ReefLED Adapter Cover Plate\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2x LED Mounting Wires\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2x Suspension Wires\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCeiling Bolts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTools\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003ePlease note: the light is not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the ReefLED light included in the kit?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo. The kit contains only the suspension hardware. The light must be purchased separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I hang my light from the ceiling?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. The kit includes the necessary hardware to mount from the ceiling, including ceiling bolts and tools.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use wall brackets instead of the ceiling?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes, the light can be suspended from either the ceiling or wall brackets. The hardware supplied is for ceiling mounting, and wall brackets are not listed as part of the kit.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is the suspension wire?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe kit includes approximately 1.2 m (4 ft) of suspension wire.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy choose a suspension kit over mounting the light to the tank?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nA wire suspension system gives you a greater range of hanging height above the aquarium. It also means the light need not be attached to the aquarium or stand.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I adjust the hanging height?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe kit uses quick-lock adjustment, so you can set the height you want on the adjustable wire system.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"PRE ORDER","offers":[{"title":"ReefLED 50","offer_id":47446518726964,"sku":"16174","price":755.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true},{"title":"ReefLED 90","offer_id":47446518759732,"sku":"16175","price":755.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true},{"title":"ReefLED 160s","offer_id":47446518792500,"sku":"16176","price":755.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0151\/9016\/3510\/products\/red-sea-reefled-suspension-kit-50-90-hanging-kit-compatible-aquarium-lighting.jpg?v=1743694088"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefwave-pumps-with-controller","title":"Red Sea ReefWave Pumps with Controller","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRed Sea ReefWave Pumps with Controller\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea ReefWave Pumps with Controller\u003c\/strong\u003e are gyre cross-flow wave pumps that give corals gentle, evenly distributed flow in a reef aquarium. They are made for reef keepers who want near-silent, smart-controlled flow from a pump that is easy to maintain.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Benefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilt on patented gyre cross-flow technology for gentle, evenly distributed flow that suits corals in a wide range of reefscapes, whatever their position in the aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSilent, energy-efficient sine-wave DC control motor that runs smoothly and keeps power use down.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuperior vibration-damping mounts and dual bearings on all models make for a nearly silent pulsing wave pump.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 programmable wave patterns, with unique Forward, Reverse and Alternating flow modes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEasy assembly and disassembly, so routine maintenance is straightforward.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA dedicated Wi-Fi controller for each pump.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePumps of different sizes can be synchronised, so you can mix models in one system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReefBeat app support for set-up, operation, monitoring and notifications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFit the pump assembly to the aquarium glass with the magnetic mounts, staying within the maximum glass thickness listed for your model. Control each pump from the included controller module, which comes with a mounting bracket. You can also reach your pumps through the Red Sea ReefBeat app via the built-in Wi-Fi. From there you can choose between the 5 programmable wave patterns and the Forward, Reverse or Alternating flow modes. When you run more than one pump, you can synchronise them, even if they are different sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReef aquariums where corals need gentle, evenly spread flow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReefscapes of varying layout, where flow needs to reach corals wherever they sit.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReef keepers who want app-based control, monitoring and notifications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHobbyists who already like gyre-style pumps and want smarter controls and simple upkeep.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReefWave 25\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecommended aquarium size: 46 to 122 cm (1.5 to 4 ft)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax flow: approx. 7,495 L\/h (1980 GPH)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax glass thickness: 15.9 mm (5\/8\")\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePowerhead dimensions: 22.9 cm L x 7.1 cm W x 4.1 cm H (9\" x 2.8\" x 1.6\")\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax power consumption: 25 watts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCord length: 3 m (10 ft)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReefWave 45\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecommended aquarium size: 91 to 183 cm (3 to 6 ft)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax flow: approx. 14,990 L\/h (3960 GPH)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax glass thickness: 19 mm (3\/4\")\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePowerhead dimensions: 31.5 cm L x 8.1 cm W x 5.1 cm H (12.4\" x 3.2\" x 2\")\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMax power consumption: 45 watts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCord length: 3 m (10 ft)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable Sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable in ReefWave 25 and ReefWave 45.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReefWave pump assembly with magnetic mounts\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReefWave controller with mounting bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower supply\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich ReefWave model suits my tank length?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe ReefWave 25 is recommended for aquariums of 46 to 122 cm (1.5 to 4 ft). The ReefWave 45 is recommended for aquariums of 91 to 183 cm (3 to 6 ft).\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many wave patterns can I program?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThere are 5 programmable wave patterns. They include Forward, Reverse and Alternating flow modes.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I run two pumps of different sizes together?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. Each pump has its own Wi-Fi controller, and pumps of different sizes can be synchronised.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I have to use the app?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo. Each pump can be run from the included controller module. The Red Sea ReefBeat app is an option, via the built-in Wi-Fi, for set-up, operation, monitoring and notifications.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow quiet are these pumps?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThey are described as nearly silent. The sine-wave motor drive, vibration-damping mounts and dual bearings on all models are what keep noise down.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat glass thickness can the magnetic mounts handle?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe ReefWave 25 handles glass up to 15.9 mm (5\/8\"). The ReefWave 45 handles glass up to 19 mm (3\/4\").\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"KOIPETCO","offers":[{"title":"ReefWave 25","offer_id":47447911137588,"sku":"730773352104","price":6192.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true},{"title":"ReefWave 45","offer_id":47447911170356,"sku":"730773352203","price":7099.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0151\/9016\/3510\/products\/red-sea-reefwave-pump-controller-silent-smart-powerful-gyre-flow-technology.jpg?v=1743694070"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefato-plus-auto-top-off-system","title":"Red Sea ReefATO+ Auto Top Off System","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRed Sea ReefATO+ Auto Top Off System\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Red Sea ReefATO+ Auto Top Off System\u003c\/strong\u003e is a smart auto top off system that automatically maintains water levels in saltwater aquariums. It also adds temperature monitoring and leak detection, and it connects to the ReefBeat app. It suits reef keepers who want a reliable ATO, a temperature log and a leak alarm in one controller-based kit, and it is not limited to Red Sea aquariums.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Benefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic top off for saltwater aquariums, with a built-in backup sensor to guard against overfilling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated temperature monitoring with pre-calibrated accuracy of ±0.1°\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReef-Spec leak detector with saltwater-resistant titanium probes that detects both saltwater and RO\/DI water\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuiet, variable-flow 12 vdc ATO pump with its own performance monitoring\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmart controller that links every component to the ReefBeat app for live status, 28-day records and smartphone notifications\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eComplete installation kit with sensor holder, magnetic corner bracket, tubing, tube holder and siphon breaker\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWater Level Sensor\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe sensor has multiple probes built into it, so the ReefBeat app can always show an indication of the actual water level. A built-in backup sensor sits 2.5 cm (1\") above the primary sensors. If the water ever rises that far, it automatically shuts down the ATO pump to protect against an overfill.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eTemperature Monitoring\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe temperature sensor is integrated into the ATO+ sensor and is pre-calibrated to an accuracy of ±0.1°.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIn the ReefBeat app you can set a narrow \"desired\" temperature range and a slightly wider \"acceptable\" range. Both appear online in the app and in the full temperature logs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf the temperature moves outside the acceptable range, a notification is sent to your smartphone.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDetailed logs show the minimum, maximum and average temperatures at 15-minute intervals for the past 28 days.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eATO Pump\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuiet, variable-flow 12 vdc ATO pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDiameter of just 4.6 cm (1.8\"), so it fits inside small ATO reservoir openings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum flow rate 75 gph, maximum head 2.4 m (8'), power 6–10 W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePump speed is automatically adjusted to suit your installation, holding a flow rate of approximately 18 gph. This keeps the flow into the sump splashproof and quiet.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe pump performance monitor in the controller shuts the pump down automatically and alerts you through the ReefBeat app if the pump is disconnected, stalls, or the RO reservoir runs dry.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe noise-damping rubber impellor chamber cover and the impellor can be removed for pump maintenance.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA locknut on the outlet hose barb gives a secure connection to the silicone tubing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLeak Detector\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eIf the highly sensitive leak detector senses a leak, the ATO auto-fill is disabled immediately. After a few seconds to confirm that the leak persists, the controller sounds an optional audible alarm and sends a notification to your mobile device. You can also connect the leak detector to the aquarium's Emergency Quick-action. The ReefBeat ecosystem will then automatically shut down other ReefBeat devices, such as ReefRun return pumps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSmart Controller and ReefBeat App\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eControls all ReefATO+ components and connects them to the ReefBeat ecosystem\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShows the current water level in the pump chamber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShows the number of fills and the volume of water added to your aquarium over the last 28 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeeps records of minimum, maximum and average aquarium water temperature for the last 28 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLets you change settings to suit your aquarium's needs\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSends notifications if something goes wrong\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReefBeat brings all Red Sea smart devices into one synchronised ecosystem, so a quick glance shows the status of every connected device.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eInstallation Kit\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSensor holder and magnetic corner mounting bracket for 12 mm (½\") glass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 m (10') of 1.6 mm (1\/16\") thick silicone tubing, ID 5 mm (0.2\")\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSilent flow tube holder that clips onto 4–12 mm (½\") glass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSiphon breaker\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSaltwater and reef aquariums that need automatic water level top off from an RO\/DI reservoir\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReef keepers who want temperature records and leak alerts alongside their ATO\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAquarists who already use, or plan to use, other ReefBeat smart devices\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNot just for Red Sea aquariums, so it can be used with other tanks.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSuitable for saltwater aquariums only.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf you own a Red Sea Reefer aquarium, check out the ReefATO+ Upgrade Kit instead. It is made for Reefer aquariums only and has no corner bracket.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorks with the ReefBeat ecosystem, including the Emergency Quick-action shutdown of other ReefBeat devices such as ReefRun return pumps.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePump: 12 vdc, variable flow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum flow rate: 75 gph\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOperating flow rate: approximately 18 gph (automatically adjusted)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum head: 2.4 m (8')\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePump power: 6–10 W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePump diameter: 4.6 cm (1.8\")\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature sensor accuracy: ±0.1°, pre-calibrated\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTemperature log interval: 15 minutes, covering the past 28 days\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBackup overfill sensor: 2.5 cm (1\") above the primary sensors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSilicone tubing: 3 m (10'), ID 5 mm (0.2\")\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMounting: 12 mm (½\") glass\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eATO+ controller\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e12 v DC pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eATO level and temperature sensor\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSensor holder and magnetic corner bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLeak detector\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 m (10') silicone tubing\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTube holder\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSiphon break\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower supply\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use the ReefATO+ on a tank that isn't a Red Sea aquarium?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. It is not just for Red Sea aquariums. Owners of a Red Sea Reefer aquarium should look at the ReefATO+ Upgrade Kit instead, which has no corner bracket.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it suitable for freshwater aquariums?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo. It is suitable for saltwater aquariums only.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat happens if my RO reservoir runs dry?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe pump performance monitor in the controller shuts the pump down automatically and alerts you through the ReefBeat app. It does the same if the pump is disconnected or stalls.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat stops the system from overfilling my sump?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe sensor has a built-in backup sensor 2.5 cm (1\") above the primary sensors. It automatically shuts down the ATO pump if the water level reaches it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much temperature history can I see?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe logs show minimum, maximum and average temperatures at 15-minute intervals for the past 28 days. You can set a desired range and a wider acceptable range, and you will get a smartphone notification if the temperature leaves the acceptable range.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill the leak detector pick up RO\/DI water as well as saltwater?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. It detects both saltwater and RO\/DI water. When it senses a leak, auto-fill is disabled immediately. If the leak persists after a few seconds, the controller sounds an optional audible alarm and sends a notification to your mobile device.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"KOIPETCO","offers":[{"title":"ReefATO+ Upgrade Kit","offer_id":47448023138612,"sku":"730773356300","price":4580.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":false},{"title":"ReefATO+","offer_id":47448023171380,"sku":"730773356102","price":5250.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0151\/9016\/3510\/products\/red-sea-reefato-plus-auto-top-off-system-controller-reliable-leak-detector-monitor-app-connected.jpg?v=1743694044"},{"product_id":"red-sea-rsk-reefer-internal-protein-skimmers","title":"Red Sea RSK Reefer Internal Protein Skimmers","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRed Sea RSK Reefer Internal Protein Skimmers\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea RSK Reefer Internal Protein Skimmers\u003c\/strong\u003e are internal protein skimmers designed to remove organic waste efficiently from reef tanks and improve water quality. They suit reef hobbyists who want a skimmer that is efficient, quiet and easy to maintain, with a range sized for light, medium and heavy bioloads.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Benefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilt around three ideas: efficient, quiet and ergonomic.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe integrated manual neck cleaner turns by hand to clear build-up from the walls of the neck.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe FoamView window lets you see how the foam is collecting in the neck, so tuning is easier.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe included cup-drain tube means emptying the collection cup only takes a turn of a valve. It also connects easily to an external waste collector.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA Sicce PSK pump pushes a balanced amount of air and water through a hydrodynamically efficient bubble diffuser, giving a turbulence-free ride into the collection cup.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA robust, high-flow air silencer and vibration-reducing rubber feet and connectors keep the reef tank quieter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe skimmer is simple to maintain and disassemble.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater level control is easy to tune.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMultiple pump orientations suit sumps with tight spaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet the water level within the recommended water height for your model (see Specifications). The water level control is designed to be easy to tune.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWatch the foam through the FoamView window to see how it collects in the neck.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhen build-up appears on the neck walls, turn the integrated neck cleaner by hand.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTo empty the collection cup, turn the valve on the drain line. You can also connect the hose to an external waste collector.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIf space in your sump is tight, choose the pump orientation that fits best. The footprint changes depending on how the pump is oriented inside the skimmer body.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReef tanks, with the recommended maximum tank volume depending on the model and your bioload. A heavy bioload is the most common situation.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReefer 300, light bioload: up to 852 litres (225 gal)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReefer 300, medium bioload: up to 568 litres (150 gal)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReefer 300, heavy bioload (most common): up to 284 litres (75 gal)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReefer 600, light bioload: up to 1,703 litres (450 gal)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReefer 600, medium bioload: up to 1,136 litres (300 gal)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReefer 600, heavy bioload (most common): up to 568 litres (150 gal)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReefer 900, light bioload: up to 2,801 litres (740 gal)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReefer 900, medium bioload: up to 1,893 litres (500 gal)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReefer 900, heavy bioload (most common): up to 908 litres (240 gal)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReefer 300 footprint*: 23.1 x 21.1 cm (9.1\" x 8.3\") or 24.9 x 18.0 cm (9.8\" x 7.1\")\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReefer 300 height: 53.3 cm (21\")\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReefer 300 recommended water height: 15.2–20.3 cm (6\"–8\")\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReefer 300 air flow: 500 LPH (130 GPH)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReefer 300 water flow: 1000 LPH (265 GPH)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReefer 600 footprint*: 25.9 x 23.9 cm (10.2\" x 9.4\") or 29.0 x 21.1 cm (11.4\" x 8.3\")\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReefer 600 height: 55.9 cm (22\")\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReefer 600 recommended water height: 17.8–22.9 cm (7\"–9\")\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReefer 600 air flow: 750 LPH (195 GPH)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReefer 600 water flow: 1500 LPH (400 GPH)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReefer 900 footprint*: 29.0 x 26.9 cm (11.4\" x 10.6\") or 32.0 x 23.9 cm (12.6\" x 9.4\")\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReefer 900 height: 58.4 cm (23\")\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReefer 900 recommended water height: 20.3–22.9 cm (8\"–9\")\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReefer 900 air flow: 900 LPH (235 GPH)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReefer 900 water flow: 2000 LPH (530 GPH)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e*Footprint changes depending on the pump's orientation inside the skimmer body.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable Sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable in Reefer 300, Reefer 600 and Reefer 900.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x RSK Reefer protein skimmer body\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x RSK Reefer collection cup with neck cleaner\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 metre (39\") RSK Reefer drain hose with valve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x RSK Reefer air silencer with pump feed hose\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x Sicce PSK pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I choose between the Reefer 300, 600 and 900?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nMatch the model to your tank volume and bioload. For a heavy bioload, which is the most common, the recommended tank volumes are up to 284 litres (75 gal) for the Reefer 300, 568 litres (150 gal) for the Reefer 600 and 908 litres (240 gal) for the Reefer 900. Lighter bioloads allow larger tanks per model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes a pump come with the skimmer?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. Every Reefer skimmer includes a Sicce PSK pump, along with the air silencer and pump feed hose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I empty the collection cup?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nTurn the valve on the included cup-drain tube. The 1 metre (39\") drain hose with valve can also be connected to an external waste collector.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does the FoamView window do?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt lets you see how the foam is collecting in the neck. The built-in manual neck cleaner can then be turned by hand to remove any build-up from the neck walls.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it fit a sump with limited space?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe pump can be positioned in multiple orientations, which changes the skimmer's footprint. For example, the Reefer 300 footprint is either 23.1 x 21.1 cm (9.1\" x 8.3\") or 24.9 x 18.0 cm (9.8\" x 7.1\"). Check the height and recommended water height for your model before choosing.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat water height should I run it at?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe recommended water height is 15.2–20.3 cm (6\"–8\") for the Reefer 300, 17.8–22.9 cm (7\"–9\") for the Reefer 600 and 20.3–22.9 cm (8\"–9\") for the Reefer 900.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"PRE ORDER","offers":[{"title":"300","offer_id":47448307335476,"sku":"16184","price":7995.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true},{"title":"600","offer_id":47448307368244,"sku":"16185","price":9500.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true},{"title":"900","offer_id":47448307401012,"sku":"16186","price":11200.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0151\/9016\/3510\/products\/red-sea-rsk-reefer-internal-protein-skimmer-efficient-quiet-ergonomic-aquarium-equipment.jpg?v=1743694020"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefer-dc-protein-skimmers","title":"Red Sea Reefer DC Protein Skimmers","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRed Sea Reefer DC Protein Skimmers\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea Reefer DC Protein Skimmers\u003c\/strong\u003e are DC-powered protein skimmers for removing waste from saltwater aquariums, built around self-leveling technology and a Sicce skimmer pump for efficient, quiet running. They suit reef and marine keepers with tanks from roughly 80 to 740 gallons (about 303 to 2,801 litres) who want smart, app-connected skimming. These skimmers are supplied without a controller and need a ReefRun Controller (sold separately) to operate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Benefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelf-leveling technology helps prevent skimmer overflow. A sensor monitors foam wetness and waste level, and when it triggers, the pump intensity is reduced immediately to prevent over-skimming, then slowly adjusted until stable skimming returns.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWhere a basic float-switch skimmer simply shuts off, the Reefer DC keeps running at reduced intensity, so it continues to oxygenate the water while avoiding a messy overflow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePowered by the Sicce PSK DC-1200 pump, which brings quiet operation, low power consumption, controllable flow rates and smart functionality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe pump is paired with a properly sized venturi, bubble diffuser and skimmer body for optimal waste removal.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConnects to the Red Sea ReefBeat app so you can control and monitor the skimmer's status.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWith other ReefBeat-connected gear on your aquarium, you can automate routines and set quick actions so your equipment works together.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo orientation options, giving different footprints to suit your sump or cabinet layout.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe skimmer needs a ReefRun Controller (sold separately) to operate. Once running, use the ReefBeat app to control the skimmer and keep an eye on its status.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSaltwater aquariums from 80 to 740 gallons (about 303 to 2,801 litres), depending on the model and the bioload. Recommended maximum tank sizes:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefer DC 300:\u003c\/strong\u003e light bioload up to 240 gallons (about 908 litres); medium bioload up to 160 gallons (about 606 litres); heavy bioload up to 80 gallons (about 303 litres).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefer DC 600:\u003c\/strong\u003e light bioload up to 500 gallons (about 1,893 litres); medium bioload up to 320 gallons (about 1,211 litres); heavy bioload up to 160 gallons (about 606 litres).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eReefer DC 900:\u003c\/strong\u003e light bioload up to 740 gallons (about 2,801 litres); medium bioload up to 500 gallons (about 1,893 litres); heavy bioload up to 240 gallons (about 908 litres).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRequires a ReefRun Controller (sold separately).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConnects to the ReefBeat app and the wider ReefBeat eco-system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReefer DC 300:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 23.1 cm L x 21.1 cm W x 57.2 cm H (9.1\" x 8.3\" x 22.5\") or 24.9 cm L x 18 cm W x 57.2 cm H (9.8\" x 7.1\" x 22.5\"), depending on orientation option\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePump: PSK DC-1200\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower consumption: 20 W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater flow: 265 GPH\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAir flow: 500 litres\/hour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReefer DC 600:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 25.9 cm L x 23.9 cm W x 59.9 cm H (10.2\" x 9.4\" x 23.6\") or 29 cm L x 21.1 cm W x 59.9 cm H (11.4\" x 8.3\" x 23.6\"), depending on orientation option\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePump: PSK DC-1200\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower consumption: 25 W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater flow: 400 GPH\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAir flow: 750 litres\/hour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReefer DC 900:\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 29 cm L x 26.9 cm W x 63 cm H (11.4\" x 10.6\" x 24.8\") or 32 cm L x 23.9 cm W x 63 cm H (12.6\" x 9.4\" x 24.8\"), depending on orientation option\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePump: PSK DC-1200\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower consumption: 30 W\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWater flow: 530 GPH\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAir flow: 900 litres\/hour\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable Sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable in three models: Reefer DC 300, Reefer DC 600 and Reefer DC 900.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReefer DC protein skimmer body\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSelf-leveling and cup overflow sensors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCollection cup with neck cleaner\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCollection cup drain hose with valve\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAir silencer with pump feed hose\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSicce PSK DC-1200 pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ReefRun Controller is not included and is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes the Reefer DC skimmer come with a controller?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo. It is supplied without a controller and needs a ReefRun Controller (sold separately) to operate.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat happens when the skimmer starts to overflow?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe self-leveling sensor monitors foam wetness and waste level. When it triggers, pump intensity drops immediately to prevent over-skimming, then is slowly adjusted until stable skimming returns. The skimmer keeps running and oxygenating the water rather than switching off like a basic float-switch system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich Reefer DC model suits my tank?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt depends on tank volume and bioload. For a heavy bioload, the 300 is recommended up to 80 gallons (about 303 litres), the 600 up to 160 gallons (about 606 litres) and the 900 up to 240 gallons (about 908 litres). Light bioload tanks can go much larger, up to 740 gallons (about 2,801 litres) with the 900.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow much power does it use?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe models use 20 W (300), 25 W (600) and 30 W (900), all with the PSK DC-1200 pump, so running costs stay low, which is useful with load shedding in mind.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I control it from my phone?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. The Reefer DC connects to the ReefBeat app for control and monitoring of its status. If you have other ReefBeat-connected equipment, you can also set up automated routines and quick actions.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I choose how the skimmer is positioned?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. Each model has two orientation options with slightly different footprints, so you can pick the layout that fits your sump best.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"PRE ORDER","offers":[{"title":"300 DC","offer_id":47448504533300,"sku":"730773505043","price":10745.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true},{"title":"600 DC","offer_id":47448504566068,"sku":"7290116398945","price":11840.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true},{"title":"900 DC","offer_id":47448504598836,"sku":"16187","price":13045.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0151\/9016\/3510\/products\/red-sea-reefer-dc-protein-skimmer-300-smart-efficient-self-leveling-sicce-pump.jpg?v=1743693997"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefrun-dual-dc-pump-controller","title":"Red Sea ReefRun Dual DC Pump Controller","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRed Sea ReefRun Dual DC Pump Controller\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Red Sea ReefRun Dual DC Pump Controller\u003c\/strong\u003e is a dual-channel controller that runs two ReefRun pumps at the same time from a single unit. It suits reef and marine aquarium keepers who want customisable flow patterns and ReefBeat app integration for their ReefRun return or skimmer pumps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Benefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eControls two ReefRun pumps simultaneously from one controller\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrates with Red Sea's ReefBeat app\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorks with ReefRun return pumps and ReefRun skimmer pumps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLets you customise feed, maintenance and emergency modes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOffers four flow modes, from a steady 24\/7 return flow to a fully custom pattern\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOne controller can run a dual ReefRun return system, or a ReefRun return pump plus a ReefRun skimmer pump, so you don't need a second controller\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow It Works\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA controller is needed to operate any pump in Red Sea's ReefRun line. Each controller supports two ReefRun pumps. That makes it a practical choice if you run, or plan to run, two of these pumps on the same system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlow Modes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstant Flow:\u003c\/strong\u003e a steady flow rate around the clock, ideal for a return pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFeed Mode:\u003c\/strong\u003e turns the pump down, or off completely, while you feed your tank inhabitants\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWave Maker:\u003c\/strong\u003e schedules varied flow through the day for closed loop systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCustom:\u003c\/strong\u003e lets you build your own flow pattern to suit your system\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFeed, maintenance and emergency modes can also be customised to suit how you look after your tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReef and marine aquariums running a ReefRun return pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSetups pairing a ReefRun return pump with a ReefRun skimmer pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDual ReefRun return systems\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClosed loop systems that benefit from scheduled, varied flow\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReefRun 5500 (530 - 1450 GPH)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReefRun 7000 (800 - 1900 GPH)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReefRun 9000 (1000 - 2500 GPH)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReefRun Skimmer Pumps\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea's ReefBeat app\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x ReefRun Dual DC Pump Controller\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1 x Mounting Bracket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many pumps can one controller run?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eEach ReefRun Dual DC Pump Controller supports two ReefRun pumps at the same time.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I run a return pump and a skimmer pump on the same controller?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. One controller can run a ReefRun return pump together with a ReefRun skimmer pump, or two ReefRun return pumps in a dual return system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich ReefRun pumps does it work with?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eIt is compatible with the ReefRun 5500 (530 - 1450 GPH), ReefRun 7000 (800 - 1900 GPH), ReefRun 9000 (1000 - 2500 GPH) and ReefRun Skimmer Pumps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need a controller to run a ReefRun pump?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The ReefRun Dual DC Pump Controller is needed to operate Red Sea's ReefRun line of pumps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat flow modes are available?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eConstant Flow, Feed Mode, Wave Maker and Custom. Feed, maintenance and emergency modes can also be customised.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDoes it work with the ReefBeat app?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, the controller integrates with Red Sea's ReefBeat app.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"PRE ORDER","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47448553652532,"sku":"730773355501","price":4425.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0151\/9016\/3510\/products\/red-sea-reefrun-dual-dc-pump-controller-smart-control-for-reef-aquarium.jpg?v=1743693965"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefrun-controllable-dc-pumps","title":"Red Sea ReefRun Controllable DC Pumps","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRed Sea ReefRun Controllable DC Pumps\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea ReefRun Controllable DC Pumps\u003c\/strong\u003e are controllable DC aquarium pumps that give you adjustable water flow for return and circulation duties, and they connect to the ReefRun Controller and the ReefBeat app. They suit reef and marine aquarists who want to schedule flow, switch modes quickly and be alerted when something goes wrong with the pump.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Benefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrates with the ReefBeat app for control and notifications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRun-dry and disconnection notifications, plus alerts if the pump is otherwise malfunctioning, so you can fix the problem quickly.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustomised feed, maintenance and emergency modes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuiet, energy-efficient DC operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSet a daily flow schedule and activate feed modes from the app.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilt on a well-proven pump platform, so it keeps a familiar look and feel but adds significant upgrades.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5-year warranty.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe pumps require the ReefRun Controller, which is sold separately. The controller is designed to work with both the DC skimmer and ReefRun pumps. One controller can operate two ReefRun pumps, so you can run a dual ReefRun return system, or a ReefRun pump together with a ReefRun skimmer pump, without buying a second controller. It can also be used as a single controller to operate either a ReefRun pump or a Red Sea DC Skimmer.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFlow Modes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstant Flow: a steady flow rate 24\/7, ideal for a return pump.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFeed Mode: turn the pump down, or off completely, while you feed your tank inhabitants.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWave Maker: schedule varied flow throughout the day for closed loop systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCustom: create your own flow pattern to suit your system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReturn pump applications that need steady, controllable flow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClosed loop systems that benefit from scheduled, varied flow.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDual ReefRun return setups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSetups that pair a ReefRun pump with a ReefRun skimmer pump.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWorks with the ReefRun Controller (sold separately) and the ReefBeat app.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe controller runs ReefRun pumps and the Red Sea DC Skimmer.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOutputs are a stepped barb or a connector for 3\/4\" or 1\" PVC, depending on the model (see below).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel 5500: flow rate 530 - 1450 GPH; output 5\/8\" - 1\" stepped barb or connector for 3\/4\" or 1\" PVC; max head height approx. 3.5 m (11.5 ft); wattage 10-40W; power cable length approx. 3 m (10 ft); pump connection cable length approx. 1 m (3.3 ft).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel 7000: flow rate 800 - 1900 GPH; output 1\" - 1 1\/4\" stepped barb or connector for 3\/4\" or 1\" PVC; max head height approx. 5 m (16.5 ft); wattage 20-65W; power cable length approx. 3 m (10 ft); pump connection cable length approx. 1 m (3.3 ft).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModel 9000: flow rate 1000 - 2500 GPH; output 1\" - 1 1\/4\" stepped barb or connector for 3\/4\" or 1\" PVC; max head height approx. 7 m (23 ft); wattage 30-95W; power cable length approx. 3 m (10 ft); pump connection cable length approx. 1 m (3.3 ft).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable Sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable in the ReefRun 5500, ReefRun 7000 and ReefRun 9000.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReefRun pump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePower supply\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConnection cables\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePump output fittings\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe ReefRun Controller is not included and is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eDo I need the ReefRun Controller to use these pumps?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. The pumps require the ReefRun Controller, which is sold separately.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan one controller run more than one pump?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. A single ReefRun Controller can run two ReefRun pumps. That means a dual ReefRun return system, or a ReefRun pump plus a ReefRun skimmer pump, without a second controller.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill I be alerted if the pump runs dry or gets disconnected?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. Through the ReefBeat app you receive run-dry and disconnection notifications, and alerts if the pump is otherwise malfunctioning.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the difference between the 5500, 7000 and 9000?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nFlow range, maximum head height and wattage. The 5500 delivers 530 - 1450 GPH at 10-40W. The 7000 delivers 800 - 1900 GPH at 20-65W. The 9000 delivers 1000 - 2500 GPH at 30-95W. Maximum head height is approx. 3.5 m (11.5 ft), 5 m (16.5 ft) and 7 m (23 ft) respectively.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I turn the flow down at feeding time?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. Feed Mode lets you turn the pump down or off completely while you feed your tank inhabitants.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long is the warranty?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThese pumps carry a 5-year warranty.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"PRE ORDER","offers":[{"title":"ReefRun 5500","offer_id":47448630001972,"sku":"16192","price":5605.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true},{"title":"ReefRun 7000","offer_id":47448630034740,"sku":"16193","price":6499.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0151\/9016\/3510\/products\/red-sea-reefrun-5500-dc-pump-reliable-controllable-reefbeat-app-ready.jpg?v=1743693945"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefdose-tube-organizer-clips-3-pack","title":"Red Sea ReefDose Tube Organizer Clips (3 pack)","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRed Sea ReefDose Tube Organizer Clips (3 pack)\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea ReefDose Tube Organizer Clips\u003c\/strong\u003e are tubing clips that anchor and secure up to four dosing lines running from a ReefDose doser to the dosing point in your sump or aquarium. They suit reef keepers who want a tidy, snag-free cabinet and a neat way to organise dosing tubing. This pack contains 3 clips.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Benefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHolds up to four dosing lines in a single clip, so multiple tubes travel together as one neat bundle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKeeps tubing organised and secured instead of dangling loose\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps stop lines getting snagged while you work in your stand or cabinet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLets you anchor the lines along the whole route, not just at the end point, from the ReefDose doser to the dosing point in your sump or at the back of your aquarium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSnap the clip open so it can accept the dosing lines\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlace up to four dosing lines inside, then close the clip to hold them securely\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePosition a few clips at strategic points along the tubing path, running from the ReefDose doser to the dosing point in your sump or the back of your aquarium\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSpacing the clips along the path keeps the tubes out of the way and prevents them hanging down or catching while you work in your stand or cabinet\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReefDose dosing setups where several lines run to the same dosing point\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSump-based systems with a dosing point in the sump\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAquariums where the dosing lines end at the back of the tank\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCabinets and stands where loose tubing tends to get in the way\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned for use with dosing lines from a Red Sea ReefDose doser.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity: up to four dosing lines per clip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesign: snap-open, close-to-secure clip\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePack quantity: 3 clips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 x ReefDose Tube Organizer Clips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many dosing lines can one clip hold?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nEach clip accepts up to four dosing lines, which suits a ReefDose doser running multiple lines to the same dosing point.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use more than one clip on the same set of tubes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. Placing a few clips at strategic points along the tubing path keeps the lines from dangling or snagging along the whole route.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhere should I place the clips?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nSpace them along the path from the ReefDose doser to the dosing point in your sump or at the back of your aquarium, especially in areas of your stand or cabinet where tubes would otherwise hang loose.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do the clips open and close?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThey snap open to accept the dosing lines, then close to keep the lines secure.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many clips come in the pack?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe pack contains 3 ReefDose Tube Organizer Clips.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"KOIPETCO","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47448696914228,"sku":"7290116399638","price":515.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0151\/9016\/3510\/products\/red-sea-reef-dose-tube-organizer-clips-3-pack-aquarium-dosing-line-management.jpg?v=1743693901"},{"product_id":"red-sea-max-nano-replacement-filter-socks","title":"Red Sea Max Nano Replacement Filter Socks","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRed Sea Max Nano Replacement Filter Socks\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea Max Nano Replacement Filter Socks\u003c\/strong\u003e are replacement filter socks made for the Red Sea Max Nano aquariums, supplied as a pack of 2 in a single 100 Micron size. They suit Max Nano owners who want to swap out their existing socks with ones designed for this tank.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Benefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMade specifically as replacement filter socks for the Red Sea Max Nano aquariums\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRated at 100 Micron\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied as 2 units per box, so you have a spare sock on hand for your next change\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRed Sea Max Nano aquariums\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned as replacement filter socks for the Red Sea Max Nano aquariums.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMicron rating: 100 Micron\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnits per box: 2\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e2 x Replacement Filter Socks, 100 Micron\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich aquariums are these filter socks designed for?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThey are made as replacement filter socks for the Red Sea Max Nano aquariums.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow many filter socks come in a box?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nEach box contains 2 units.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat micron rating do these filter socks have?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThey are rated at 100 Micron, and this is the only size offered.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAre these sold in different sizes?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo. This product is available in one size only, 100 Micron.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"KOIPETCO","offers":[{"title":"100 Micron","offer_id":47449038782772,"sku":"7290100779866","price":235.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0151\/9016\/3510\/products\/red-sea-max-nano-replacement-filter-socks-fine-polish-filter-bag-2-units-100-micron-aquarium-accessories.jpg?v=1743693895"},{"product_id":"red-sea-y-split-outlet-nozzle","title":"Red Sea Y Split Outlet Nozzle","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRed Sea Y Split Outlet Nozzle\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eThe Red Sea Y Split Outlet Nozzle\u003c\/strong\u003e is a Y-shaped return nozzle that splits the water coming from your pump into two streams for better water distribution throughout the aquarium. It is aimed at REEFER owners who run, or want to run, a more powerful return pump while keeping the tank looking clean.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Benefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSplits the pump's water return into two streams instead of one, improving water distribution throughout the aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeveloped in response to aquarists wanting to use more powerful return pumps on their REEFER systems.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMinimal footprint, so it keeps the clean, elegant look of the REEFER water management system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIts slim profile avoids shading the corals located beneath it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOptional nozzle outlet, so you can add it only if your setup calls for it.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFit the nozzle to the pump's water return so the flow divides into two streams. This spreads the return flow across the aquarium instead of concentrating it in one direction.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReef keepers who want to improve water distribution from their return pump.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAquarists upgrading to a more powerful return pump who want the flow shared between two outlets.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAnyone who wants a discreet outlet that won't cast shade over corals below.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eDesigned as an optional nozzle outlet for the REEFER water management system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat does the Y Split Outlet Nozzle do?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt divides the water return from your pump into two streams, which improves water distribution throughout the aquarium.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs it designed for REEFER aquariums?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nYes. It was developed for the REEFER water management system, in response to demand for using more powerful return pumps on these systems.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it shade the corals under it?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nNo. Its minimal footprint is designed to avoid shading the corals located beneath it.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it spoil the look of my tank?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt is designed not to. The small footprint maintains the clean, elegant look of the REEFER water management system.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eIs the nozzle required, or is it an optional extra?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt is an optional nozzle outlet. Add it if you want the return flow split into two streams for better water distribution.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"KOIPETCO","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":47449089114420,"sku":"730773421763","price":265.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0151\/9016\/3510\/products\/red-sea-reefer-y-split-outlet-nozzle-aquarium-water-splitter-improves-distribution.jpg?v=1743693882"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefmat-fleece-roller-filters","title":"Red Sea ReefMat Fleece Roller Filters","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRed Sea ReefMat Fleece Roller Filters\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea ReefMat Fleece Roller Filters\u003c\/strong\u003e are automatic fleece roller filters for saltwater aquariums, built to keep reef and marine water clear and limit nutrient build-up in the sump. They suit reefkeepers who want less hands-on maintenance than traditional filter socks or pads demand, including those with compact sumps.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Benefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAutomatic fleece advance: the roller regularly replaces dirty fleece with clean fleece, so filtration stays consistent.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCrystal clear water and reduced nutrient build-up, with significantly lower maintenance than filter socks or pads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompact design that fits smaller sumps with minimal or no modifications.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmart control through the ReefBeat app: easy set-up, operation, remote monitoring and notifications. It alerts you to maintenance needs and fleece issues, and monitors the end of the roll.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFlexible installation: hang the unit on a sump wall, or place it on its mounting legs to suit your sump layout.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSolid-state water level sensors, both internal and external, with no moving parts for reliable operation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eKink-resistant corrugated inlet hose with a USA\/Metric PVC connector for straightforward plumbing.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated media basket for additional chemical filtration alongside the mechanical fleece.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow to Use\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eFit the inlet hose using its USA\/Metric PVC connector, then position the unit in your sump. You can hang it on the sump wall or stand it on the mounting legs. Set up and operate the unit through the ReefBeat app, which also sends notifications about maintenance, fleece issues and the end of the roll. If you want extra chemical filtration, place your chosen media in the integrated media basket.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFleece Roll Life\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eA fleece roll typically lasts 5-8 weeks in a moderately stocked reef system. Usage may be higher initially or in bare-bottom tanks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSaltwater and reef aquariums with a sump.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmaller sumps where space is limited.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReefkeepers moving away from filter socks or pads.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eSuitable exclusively for saltwater aquariums.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReefMat 250\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecommended tank size: up to 246 litres (65 gallons)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum flow capacity: approx. 3,407 L\/h (900 GPH)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFleece-mat dimensions: 8 cm wide x 32 m long (3.15\" x 105 ft)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnit size: 16 cm L x 20 cm W x 49 cm H (6.3\" x 7.9\" x 19.3\")\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReefMat 500\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecommended tank size: up to 492 litres (130 gallons)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum flow capacity: approx. 5,981 L\/h (1580 GPH)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFleece-mat dimensions: 11.2 cm wide x 28 m long (4.4\" x 92 ft)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnit size: 21 cm L x 27 cm W x 42 cm H (8.3\" x 10.6\" x 16.7\")\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMedia basket capacity: 350 ml (11.8 fl oz)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eReefMat 1200\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRecommended tank size: up to 1,192 litres (315 gallons)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum flow capacity: approx. 9,009 L\/h (2380 GPH)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFleece-mat dimensions: 17 cm wide x 35 m long (6.7\" x 115 ft)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnit size: 27 cm L x 30 cm W x 48 cm H (10.6\" x 11.8\" x 18.9\")\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMedia basket capacity: 700 ml (23.7 fl oz)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable Sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable as the ReefMat 250, ReefMat 500 and ReefMat 1200, so you can match the filter to your tank volume.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e1x fleece roll\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eInlet hose\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMedia basket\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I use a ReefMat in a freshwater aquarium?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eNo. These filters are suitable exclusively for saltwater aquariums.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow do I choose between the ReefMat 250, 500 and 1200?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eMatch the model to your tank volume. The 250 is recommended for tanks up to 246 litres (65 gallons), the 500 for up to 492 litres (130 gallons) and the 1200 for up to 1,192 litres (315 gallons). Also check the unit size against the space in your sump.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long does one fleece roll last?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eTypically 5-8 weeks in a moderately stocked reef system. Usage may be higher initially or in bare-bottom tanks.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWill it fit in a small sump?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eThe compact design is made to fit smaller sumps with minimal or no modifications. You can hang it on the sump wall or use the mounting legs, so check the unit dimensions against your sump.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I monitor it remotely?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes, through the ReefBeat app. It supports set-up, operation and remote monitoring, and sends notifications about maintenance needs, fleece issues and the end of the roll.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCan I add chemical filtration?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003eYes. The integrated media basket lets you add chemical media alongside the fleece. The ReefMat 500 basket holds 350 ml and the ReefMat 1200 basket holds 700 ml.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"PRE ORDER","offers":[{"title":"ReefMat 250","offer_id":47449240273204,"sku":"7290116397788","price":7875.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true},{"title":"ReefMat 500","offer_id":47449240305972,"sku":"730773354108","price":8905.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true},{"title":"ReefMat 1200","offer_id":47449240338740,"sku":"730773354207","price":9945.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0151\/9016\/3510\/products\/red-sea-reefmat-fleece-roller-filter-model-250-500-1200-saltwater-aquarium-filtration-system.jpg?v=1743693871"},{"product_id":"red-sea-reefmat-replacement-rolls","title":"Red Sea ReefMat Replacement Rolls","description":"\u003ch2\u003eRed Sea ReefMat Replacement Rolls\u003c\/h2\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eRed Sea ReefMat Replacement Rolls\u003c\/strong\u003e are replacement filter fleece rolls made for use with the Red Sea ReefMat Fleece Roller Filters. They help keep saltwater aquarium water clear and the filter performing as intended. They suit reef keepers who want to keep their roller filter running with the right roll for their model.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Benefits\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned specifically for ReefMat roller filters, so each roll matches the model it is made for.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEfficient, high-flow, 50 g\/m2 non-woven polyester fleece.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHelps maintain optimal filter performance and crystal-clear water in a saltwater aquarium.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThree variants cover different aquarium sizes and setups.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eLifespan\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eA roll typically lasts 5-8 weeks in a moderately stocked reef system.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eActual lifespan depends on aquarium volume, bio-load, feeding schedule and initial water quality.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBare-bottom tanks and initial usage may exhaust a roll faster.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSuitable For\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSaltwater and reef aquariums fitted with a ReefMat Fleece Roller Filter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eModerately stocked reef systems, where the typical lifespan above applies.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEach roll is designed to match its respective ReefMat model for optimal performance, so choose the roll that corresponds to your filter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReefMat 250 roll: designed for the ReefMat 250 Fleece Roller Filter.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReefMat 500 roll: designed for the ReefMat 500 Auto Filter Roller.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReefMat 1200 roll: designed for the ReefMat 1200 Auto Filter Roller.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: 50 g\/m2 non-woven polyester fleece.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoll for ReefMat 250: length 32 m (105 ft), width 8.1 cm (3.2\").\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoll for ReefMat 500: length 28 m (92 ft), width 11.3 cm (4.4\").\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRoll for ReefMat 1200: length 35 m (115 ft), width 17 cm (6.7\").\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eAvailable Sizes\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eAvailable in three variants, one for each ReefMat model: ReefMat 250, ReefMat 500 and ReefMat 1200.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat's Included\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNon-woven polyester fleece replacement roll, in the variant made for your ReefMat model.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eFrequently Asked Questions\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhich replacement roll do I need for my ReefMat?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nChoose the roll that matches your filter model: ReefMat 250, 500 or 1200. Each roll is designed to match its respective model for optimal performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow often will I need to replace the roll?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nA roll typically lasts 5-8 weeks in a moderately stocked reef system. Aquarium volume, bio-load, feeding schedule and initial water quality all affect this.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhy might my roll run out sooner than expected?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nBare-bottom tanks and initial usage may exhaust a roll at a faster rate. Heavier feeding, a higher bio-load or poorer starting water quality can also shorten its life.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eWhat is the roll made of?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nIt is a high-flow, 50 g\/m2 non-woven polyester fleece.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eHow long and wide are the rolls?\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\nThe ReefMat 250 roll is 32 m (105 ft) long and 8.1 cm (3.2\") wide. The ReefMat 500 roll is 28 m (92 ft) long and 11.3 cm (4.4\") wide. The ReefMat 1200 roll is 35 m (115 ft) long and 17 cm (6.7\") wide.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"KOIPETCO","offers":[{"title":"ReefMat 250 Roll","offer_id":47449464930612,"sku":"7290116397795","price":349.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true},{"title":"ReefMat 500 Roll","offer_id":47449464963380,"sku":"730773354412","price":465.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":false},{"title":"ReefMat 1200 Roll","offer_id":47449464996148,"sku":"730773354429","price":660.0,"currency_code":"ZAR","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0151\/9016\/3510\/products\/red-sea-reefmat-replacement-rolls-fleece-roll-250-saltwater-aquarium-filter.jpg?v=1743693825"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0151\/9016\/3510\/collections\/red-sea-products-collection.png?v=1793260622","url":"https:\/\/jungleaquatics.com\/collections\/red-sea-products.oembed","provider":"Jungle Aquatics Pet Store","version":"1.0","type":"link"}